-
101 en relación con
= in association with, in conjunction with, in connection with, in relation to, in respect of, in terms of, in the way of, relating to, relative to, vis à vis, with reference to, with regard(s) to, apropos of, as it relates to, in the context of, for purposes of, on the matter of, re, regarding, apropos to, in reference to, concerning, in keeping withEx. Notices conveying, for example, the essential elements of the catalogue are likely to be especially important in association with microfilm or card catalogues.Ex. Rules for any given class must be used in conjunction with the schedules for that class.Ex. There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.Ex. It is easiest to discuss the criteria for effective schedules in relation to the treatment of specific subjects.Ex. It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.Ex. And we have all of the ingredients for the creation of an atmosphere in which the proponents of expediency could couch their arguments in terms of cost effectiveness.Ex. Indeed, the changes are so rapid and so diverse, our plans for the future must also include what is presently possible in the way of information dissemination.Ex. Recommendations relating to analytical cataloguing practices concern themselves primarily with the way in which the part of a document or work to be accessed is described.Ex. It was apparent that the responders to the investigation were somewhat unsure of their future situation relative to the burgeoning information education market = Era claro que los entrevistados en la investigacion no se sentían muy seguros sobre su situación futura en relación con el incipiente mercado de las enseñanzas de documentación.Ex. The information note following the explanatory heading provides guidance to the user of the catalogue vis à vis the conventions used in formulating uniform headings.Ex. General points have been illustrated with reference to the cataloguing of books.Ex. KWOC or Keyword Out of Context indexes are intended to improve upon KWIC indexes, with regards to layout and presentation.Ex. After a few tangential remarks apropos of nothing, Carmichael left, a considerably less anxious person.Ex. This article reviews the mission of the ALA's Committee on Accreditation (COA) and examines its role as it relates to the education of librarians qualified to work with children and young people.Ex. The exploration aims to view table of contents terminology in the context of functions served by other representations of subject information, including Library of Congress subject headings, work title terminology, and author-contributed front matter.Ex. This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.Ex. Again, on the matter of the sources already consulted by the enquirer, the implication is not that he is unreliable or deceitful, but that in looking up the Encyclopedia Americana he may not be aware of the existence of the index.Ex. This reawakening brought a determination to help make atomic energy a positive factor for humanity but things have gone from bad to worse re genuine disarmament.Ex. In major enumerative schemes synthesis is often controlled by careful instructions regarding citation order.Ex. Thus, self-presentation becomes a dynamic conception of people structuring their relations apropos to their life-space, rather than a theory of how to win friends and influence people.Ex. We now know enough in reference to the prevention and cure of communicable diseases so that the average human life might be lengthened by a third.Ex. Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.Ex. This revised chapter modified the code in keeping with the recently agreed ISBD(M), and proposed a slightly different description for monographs.* * *= in association with, in conjunction with, in connection with, in relation to, in respect of, in terms of, in the way of, relating to, relative to, vis à vis, with reference to, with regard(s) to, apropos of, as it relates to, in the context of, for purposes of, on the matter of, re, regarding, apropos to, in reference to, concerning, in keeping withEx: Notices conveying, for example, the essential elements of the catalogue are likely to be especially important in association with microfilm or card catalogues.
Ex: Rules for any given class must be used in conjunction with the schedules for that class.Ex: There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.Ex: It is easiest to discuss the criteria for effective schedules in relation to the treatment of specific subjects.Ex: It is perhaps fortunate that the array of terms that are used to describe indexes is a little more restricted than the variety of terms used in respect of catalogues.Ex: And we have all of the ingredients for the creation of an atmosphere in which the proponents of expediency could couch their arguments in terms of cost effectiveness.Ex: Indeed, the changes are so rapid and so diverse, our plans for the future must also include what is presently possible in the way of information dissemination.Ex: Recommendations relating to analytical cataloguing practices concern themselves primarily with the way in which the part of a document or work to be accessed is described.Ex: It was apparent that the responders to the investigation were somewhat unsure of their future situation relative to the burgeoning information education market = Era claro que los entrevistados en la investigacion no se sentían muy seguros sobre su situación futura en relación con el incipiente mercado de las enseñanzas de documentación.Ex: The information note following the explanatory heading provides guidance to the user of the catalogue vis à vis the conventions used in formulating uniform headings.Ex: General points have been illustrated with reference to the cataloguing of books.Ex: KWOC or Keyword Out of Context indexes are intended to improve upon KWIC indexes, with regards to layout and presentation.Ex: After a few tangential remarks apropos of nothing, Carmichael left, a considerably less anxious person.Ex: This article reviews the mission of the ALA's Committee on Accreditation (COA) and examines its role as it relates to the education of librarians qualified to work with children and young people.Ex: The exploration aims to view table of contents terminology in the context of functions served by other representations of subject information, including Library of Congress subject headings, work title terminology, and author-contributed front matter.Ex: This article discusses the advantages to libraries of computer technology for purposes of bibliographic control and on-line access.Ex: Again, on the matter of the sources already consulted by the enquirer, the implication is not that he is unreliable or deceitful, but that in looking up the Encyclopedia Americana he may not be aware of the existence of the index.Ex: This reawakening brought a determination to help make atomic energy a positive factor for humanity but things have gone from bad to worse re genuine disarmament.Ex: In major enumerative schemes synthesis is often controlled by careful instructions regarding citation order.Ex: Thus, self-presentation becomes a dynamic conception of people structuring their relations apropos to their life-space, rather than a theory of how to win friends and influence people.Ex: We now know enough in reference to the prevention and cure of communicable diseases so that the average human life might be lengthened by a third.Ex: Having been alerted to the existence of a document, the user needs information concerning the actual location of the document, in order that the document may be read.Ex: This revised chapter modified the code in keeping with the recently agreed ISBD(M), and proposed a slightly different description for monographs. -
102 ἐν
ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.② marker of a state or condition, inⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.④ marker of close association within a limit, inⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, whenⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW. -
103 debido a
prep.due to, as a matter of, for, because of.* * *due to, owing to, because of* * *= be reason of, because of, by reason of, by virtue of, due to, for reasons of, in connection with, in light of, in the face of, in the interest(s) of, in the light of, on account of, on grounds, on the grounds that/of, owing to, thanks to, out of, becauseEx. For fifty years impregnated papers have been used which turn dark at every point where an electrical contact touches them by reason of the chemical change thus produced in a iodine compound included in the paper.Ex. This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.Ex. In order that the picture may not be too commonplace, by reason of sticking to present-day patterns, it may be well to mention one such possibility.Ex. For example, the set of documents about 'programmed instruction' forms a class by virtue of sharing the common characteristic of subject content.Ex. This is in part due to the different stages of development reached by different libraries.Ex. It is important to recognise, then, that a variety of different indexing approaches are inevitable, not only for reasons of history and indexer preference, but because different situations demand different approaches.Ex. There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.Ex. This is essentially the traditional enterprise of cataloguing theory, but it is explored in light of current standards and developments.Ex. In the face of present priorities and staff commitments, the Library feels that it cannot undertake a comprehensive study of the subject heading system that would pave the way for a major restructuring of the system.Ex. In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.Ex. In the light of the information explosion, no researcher can now realistically expect to keep pace with developments in his own field, let alone those in allied fields = En vista del crecimiento vertiginoso de la información, siendo realista ahora el investigador no puede mantenerse al día en los avances de su propio campo y mucho menos de los de campos afines.Ex. Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.Ex. Apart from differing needs of users, indexing approaches may differ on policy grounds.Ex. AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.Ex. The simplest KWIC indexes are unattractive and tedious to scan owing to their physical format and typeface.Ex. It is a matter of some small pride that my account of the eighteenth edition of Dewey appeared at about the same time as the official publication of the scheme itself, thanks to the cooperation of the editor, Mr Ben Custer.Ex. But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.Ex. In practice, many cataloguers favour the direct catalogue partly because it is simpler for the cataloguer to compile.* * *= be reason of, because of, by reason of, by virtue of, due to, for reasons of, in connection with, in light of, in the face of, in the interest(s) of, in the light of, on account of, on grounds, on the grounds that/of, owing to, thanks to, out of, becauseEx: For fifty years impregnated papers have been used which turn dark at every point where an electrical contact touches them by reason of the chemical change thus produced in a iodine compound included in the paper.
Ex: This makes him feel somehow defficient and all because of his difficulty in making sense out of words in print with which his troubles began.Ex: In order that the picture may not be too commonplace, by reason of sticking to present-day patterns, it may be well to mention one such possibility.Ex: For example, the set of documents about 'programmed instruction' forms a class by virtue of sharing the common characteristic of subject content.Ex: This is in part due to the different stages of development reached by different libraries.Ex: It is important to recognise, then, that a variety of different indexing approaches are inevitable, not only for reasons of history and indexer preference, but because different situations demand different approaches.Ex: There is an index to the schedules, but this has been criticised in connection with the size of the entry vocabulary.Ex: This is essentially the traditional enterprise of cataloguing theory, but it is explored in light of current standards and developments.Ex: In the face of present priorities and staff commitments, the Library feels that it cannot undertake a comprehensive study of the subject heading system that would pave the way for a major restructuring of the system.Ex: In the interest of clarity an integrated account of the appropriate added entry headings is to be found in 21.29 and 21.30.Ex: In the light of the information explosion, no researcher can now realistically expect to keep pace with developments in his own field, let alone those in allied fields = En vista del crecimiento vertiginoso de la información, siendo realista ahora el investigador no puede mantenerse al día en los avances de su propio campo y mucho menos de los de campos afines.Ex: Partly on account of the variety of bases for coverage there is significant overlap between the assortment of abstracting and indexing services.Ex: Apart from differing needs of users, indexing approaches may differ on policy grounds.Ex: AACR2 has been criticised on the grounds that it does not identify the cataloguing unit to which the rules refer.Ex: The simplest KWIC indexes are unattractive and tedious to scan owing to their physical format and typeface.Ex: It is a matter of some small pride that my account of the eighteenth edition of Dewey appeared at about the same time as the official publication of the scheme itself, thanks to the cooperation of the editor, Mr Ben Custer.Ex: But these and other interested people collected this type of books out of a mixture of curiosity and sentiment.Ex: In practice, many cataloguers favour the direct catalogue partly because it is simpler for the cataloguer to compile. -
104 establecer
v.1 to establish.no lograba establecer contacto con la torre de control he couldn't make o establish contact with the control towerla policía no ha podido establecer la causa de su muerte the police have been unable to establish o determine the cause of deathlas normas del club establecen que… the club rules state that…Establecieron directrices They established guidelines.Establecieron a Ricardo en la oficina They established Richard at the office.2 to establish (instalar) (colonia, poblado).* * *2 (récord) to set3 (ordenar) to state, lay down, establish1 (en un lugar) to settle; (en un negocio) to set up in business* * *verbto establish, set up, found* * *1. VT1) [+ relación, comunicación] to establishhan logrado establecer contacto con el barco — they've managed to make o establish contact with the boat
una reunión para establecer el precio del petróleo — a meeting to set o fix oil prices
2) (=fundar) [+ empresa] to establish; [+ colonia] to settle3) (=dictaminar) to state, lay downla ley establece que... — the law states o lays down that...
4) (=expresar) [+ idea, principio] to establish; [+ norma] to lay down; [+ criterio] to setpara establecer los límites de los poderes del presidente — to establish the extent of the President's powers
una comisión para establecer la verdad de los hechos — a commission to establish the truth about what happened
5) [+ récord] to set2.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) <colonia/dictadura> to establish; < campamento> to set upb) <relaciones/contacto> to establish2) ( dejar sentado)a) <criterios/bases> to establish, lay down; < precio> to fix, set; < precedente> to establish, setconviene dejar establecido que... — we should make it clear that...
establecer un precedente — to establish o set a precedent
b) (frml) ley/reglamento ( disponer) to state, establishc) < uso> to establishd) <récord/marca/moda> to set3) ( determinar) to establish2.establecerse v pron colono/emigrante to settle; comerciante/empresa to set up* * *= call for, determine, establish, institute, instruct, lay down, set, set up, settle, map out, set forth, set out, bring into + being.Ex. The main rules call for entry of societies under name and institutions under place.Ex. This assignment of intellectual responsibility is important, as we have seen earlier, since it determines the heading for the main entry.Ex. The intention is to establish a general framework, and then to give exceptions or further explanation and examples for each area in turn.Ex. The librarians have instituted a series of campaigns, including displays and leaflets on specific issues, eg family income supplement, rent and rates rebates, and school grants.Ex. Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.Ex. He was the son of a bricklayer who laid down as early as 1859 that 'the assistance of readers in their researches' is one of the duties that 'have daily to be provided for' in ordinary public libraries.Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.Ex. The searcher now decides to set up an SDI profile.Ex. Once the name to be used in a heading and its form have been settled, it is time to decide upon the entry element, or in more general terms, to examine the preferred order of the components of a name as the name is to appear as a heading.Ex. Down the years, the information industry has mapped out for itself the categories of information with which it is prepared to deal.Ex. She sets forth some of the conditions which may have led to this situation in the hope that it may bring about further study.Ex. The regulation sets out the requirement for compulsory notification of agreements to the Commission and gives the Commission powers to grant exemption to the rules.Ex. MARC was brought into being originally to facilitate the creation of LC catalogue cards.----* establecer alianzas = make + alliances.* establecer canales para = establish + channels for.* establecer características = lay down + features.* establecer comparaciones = make + comparisons.* establecer comparaciones entre elementos comparables = compare + like with like.* establecer conexión = establish + link, make + connection.* establecer contacto = make + contact.* establecer contactos = liaise (with/between).* establecer contactos profesionales = networking.* establecer criterios para = make + provision for.* establecer directrices = chart + direction.* establecer disposiciones para = make + provisions for.* establecer el contexto = set + context.* establecer el origen de = trace + the origin of.* establecer el tema = set + the theme.* establecer el tono = set + the theme.* establecer equivalencias entre = map onto/to.* establecer lazos afectivos = bond.* establecer límites = draw + limits.* establecer norma = legislate.* establecer normas = make + provision, establish + standards.* establecer normas de funcionamiento = establish + policy.* establecer normativa = govern.* establecer prioridades = prioritise [prioritize, -USA], establish + priorities, set + priorities.* establecer reglas = make + provision.* establecer reglas para = lay down + rules for.* establecer relaciones = build + relationships, develop + relationships, develop + relations, build + relations, structure + relationships.* establecer relaciones con = forge + links with, forge + relationships with, forge + ties.* establecerse = settle in, settle down.* establecer sectores = sectoring.* establecer una analogía = draw + analogy.* establecer una colaboración = forge + collaboration.* establecer una condición = specify + requirement.* establecer una conexión = achieve + connection.* establecer una convención = establish + convention.* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.* establecer una diferencia = draw + demarcation.* establecer una norma = lay down + standard, set down + rule.* establecer una normalización = impose + standardization.* establecer una política = institute + policy.* establecer una regla = frame + rule.* establecer un equilibrio = establish + a balance.* establecer un límite = set + limit.* establecer un norma = give + prescription.* establecer un paralelismo = draw + parallel.* establecer un paralelo = draw + parallel.* establecer un principio = establish + principle, set forth + cause.* establecer un record = establish + a record.* establecer un vínculo = provide + an interface.* establecer valores = establish + values.* establecer vínculos afectivos = bond.* volver a establecer equivalencias = remap.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) <colonia/dictadura> to establish; < campamento> to set upb) <relaciones/contacto> to establish2) ( dejar sentado)a) <criterios/bases> to establish, lay down; < precio> to fix, set; < precedente> to establish, setconviene dejar establecido que... — we should make it clear that...
establecer un precedente — to establish o set a precedent
b) (frml) ley/reglamento ( disponer) to state, establishc) < uso> to establishd) <récord/marca/moda> to set3) ( determinar) to establish2.establecerse v pron colono/emigrante to settle; comerciante/empresa to set up* * *= call for, determine, establish, institute, instruct, lay down, set, set up, settle, map out, set forth, set out, bring into + being.Ex: The main rules call for entry of societies under name and institutions under place.
Ex: This assignment of intellectual responsibility is important, as we have seen earlier, since it determines the heading for the main entry.Ex: The intention is to establish a general framework, and then to give exceptions or further explanation and examples for each area in turn.Ex: The librarians have instituted a series of campaigns, including displays and leaflets on specific issues, eg family income supplement, rent and rates rebates, and school grants.Ex: Some of the above limitations of title indexes can be overcome by exercising a measure of control over the index terminology, and by inputting and instructing the computer to print a number of pre-determined links or references between keywords.Ex: He was the son of a bricklayer who laid down as early as 1859 that 'the assistance of readers in their researches' is one of the duties that 'have daily to be provided for' in ordinary public libraries.Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.Ex: The searcher now decides to set up an SDI profile.Ex: Once the name to be used in a heading and its form have been settled, it is time to decide upon the entry element, or in more general terms, to examine the preferred order of the components of a name as the name is to appear as a heading.Ex: Down the years, the information industry has mapped out for itself the categories of information with which it is prepared to deal.Ex: She sets forth some of the conditions which may have led to this situation in the hope that it may bring about further study.Ex: The regulation sets out the requirement for compulsory notification of agreements to the Commission and gives the Commission powers to grant exemption to the rules.Ex: MARC was brought into being originally to facilitate the creation of LC catalogue cards.* establecer alianzas = make + alliances.* establecer canales para = establish + channels for.* establecer características = lay down + features.* establecer comparaciones = make + comparisons.* establecer comparaciones entre elementos comparables = compare + like with like.* establecer conexión = establish + link, make + connection.* establecer contacto = make + contact.* establecer contactos = liaise (with/between).* establecer contactos profesionales = networking.* establecer criterios para = make + provision for.* establecer directrices = chart + direction.* establecer disposiciones para = make + provisions for.* establecer el contexto = set + context.* establecer el origen de = trace + the origin of.* establecer el tema = set + the theme.* establecer el tono = set + the theme.* establecer equivalencias entre = map onto/to.* establecer lazos afectivos = bond.* establecer límites = draw + limits.* establecer norma = legislate.* establecer normas = make + provision, establish + standards.* establecer normas de funcionamiento = establish + policy.* establecer normativa = govern.* establecer prioridades = prioritise [prioritize, -USA], establish + priorities, set + priorities.* establecer reglas = make + provision.* establecer reglas para = lay down + rules for.* establecer relaciones = build + relationships, develop + relationships, develop + relations, build + relations, structure + relationships.* establecer relaciones con = forge + links with, forge + relationships with, forge + ties.* establecerse = settle in, settle down.* establecer sectores = sectoring.* establecer una analogía = draw + analogy.* establecer una colaboración = forge + collaboration.* establecer una condición = specify + requirement.* establecer una conexión = achieve + connection.* establecer una convención = establish + convention.* establecer un acuerdo = work out + agreement.* establecer una diferencia = draw + demarcation.* establecer una norma = lay down + standard, set down + rule.* establecer una normalización = impose + standardization.* establecer una política = institute + policy.* establecer una regla = frame + rule.* establecer un equilibrio = establish + a balance.* establecer un límite = set + limit.* establecer un norma = give + prescription.* establecer un paralelismo = draw + parallel.* establecer un paralelo = draw + parallel.* establecer un principio = establish + principle, set forth + cause.* establecer un record = establish + a record.* establecer un vínculo = provide + an interface.* establecer valores = establish + values.* establecer vínculos afectivos = bond.* volver a establecer equivalencias = remap.* * *establecer [E3 ]vtA1 ‹colonia› to establish; ‹campamento› to set upestableció su residencia en Mónaco he took up residence in Monaco2 ‹relaciones/comunicaciones/contacto› to establish3 ‹dictadura› to establish, set up1 ‹criterios/bases› to establish, lay down; ‹precio› to fix, setconviene dejar establecido que … we should make it clear that …establecer un precedente to establish o set a precedent2 ( frml); «ley/reglamento» (disponer) to state, establishcomo se establece en la Constitución as laid down o established in the Constitutiontres veces el precio establecido por la ley three times the legal price3 ‹uso› to establish; ‹moda› to set4 ‹récord/marca› to setC (determinar) to establishno se ha podido establecer qué fue lo que ocurrió it has been impossible to ascertain o establish exactly what happened1 «colono/emigrante» to settle2 «comerciante/empresa» to set upse estableció por su cuenta he set up his own business ( o practice etc), he set up on his own* * *
establecer ( conjugate establecer) verbo transitivo
1
‹ campamento› to set up;
2 ( dejar sentado)
‹ precio› to fix, set;
‹ precedente› to establish, set
‹ uso› to establish
3 ( determinar) to establish
establecerse verbo pronominal [colono/emigrante] to settle;
[comerciante/empresa] to set up
establecer verbo transitivo to establish
(un récord) to set (up)
' establecer' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
conectar
- disponer
- fijar
- implantar
- sentar
- consagrar
- determinar
- montar
English:
ascertain
- establish
- get at
- institute
- lay down
- networking
- open up
- parallel
- pattern
- prioritize
- set
- set down
- set up
- standard
- timetable
- bond
- determine
- dictate
- draw
- empathize
- get
- issue
- lay
- open
- pin
- state
* * *♦ vt1. [instalar] [colonia, poblado] to establish;[campamento, negocio, sucursal] to set up;establecer residencia en to take up residence in2. [fijar, emprender] [régimen, relaciones, comunicación] to establish;[costumbre] to introduce; [moda] to start; [récord] to set;no lograba establecer contacto con la torre de control he couldn't make o establish contact with the control tower3. [expresar] [principios, criterios] to establish, to lay down;[teoría, hipótesis] to formulate;estableció las bases de la física moderna he laid the foundations of modern physics4. [estipular] to state, to stipulate;las normas del club establecen que… the club rules state that…;según establece la ley,… as stipulated by law,…5. [averiguar] to establish, to determine;la policía no ha podido establecer la causa de su muerte the police have been unable to establish o determine the cause of death* * *v/t1 establish2 negocio set up* * *establecer {53} vtfundar, instituir: to establish, to found, to set up* * *establecer vb2. (demostrar) to establishNewton estableció que... Newton established that...3. (ordenar) to statela constitución establece que... the constitution states that... -
105 en este sentido
= along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effectEx. Not so much has been done along these lines, beyond the bounds of arithmetic, as might be done, primarily because of the economics of the situation.Ex. In this connection, Ohmes and Jones of the Florida State University Library have offered some rather penetrating insights regarding what they call 'The Other Half of Cataloging'.Ex. However, its potential in this direction became evident, and in 1966 a catalogue card service was started.Ex. In other words, the elements of any single case may point to several concepts; in this sense, the cases are like icebergs -- more is hidden han appears on the surface.Ex. Except for a few library schools like that of the University of Botswana which is gradually attempting to adapt the curricula to the African environment, little has been done in this vein in the other library schools.Ex. The most important events which took place in this spirit are the following.Ex. In this regard, the traditional view of the library as a storehouse of materials cast a long shadow over future goals.Ex. One major element in this effort is developing and educating existing library staff.Ex. In that spirit, I offer the following breakdown of Internet and Web documents.Ex. Abstracting journals especially suffer on this score because the preparation and inclusion of abstracts is time-consuming.Ex. It was dangerous but NASA made provisions to that effect.* * *= along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, in this vein, in this spirit, in this regard, in this effort, in that spirit, on this score, to that effectEx: Not so much has been done along these lines, beyond the bounds of arithmetic, as might be done, primarily because of the economics of the situation.
Ex: In this connection, Ohmes and Jones of the Florida State University Library have offered some rather penetrating insights regarding what they call 'The Other Half of Cataloging'.Ex: However, its potential in this direction became evident, and in 1966 a catalogue card service was started.Ex: In other words, the elements of any single case may point to several concepts; in this sense, the cases are like icebergs -- more is hidden han appears on the surface.Ex: Except for a few library schools like that of the University of Botswana which is gradually attempting to adapt the curricula to the African environment, little has been done in this vein in the other library schools.Ex: The most important events which took place in this spirit are the following.Ex: In this regard, the traditional view of the library as a storehouse of materials cast a long shadow over future goals.Ex: One major element in this effort is developing and educating existing library staff.Ex: In that spirit, I offer the following breakdown of Internet and Web documents.Ex: Abstracting journals especially suffer on this score because the preparation and inclusion of abstracts is time-consuming.Ex: It was dangerous but NASA made provisions to that effect. -
106 отмечать
(= отметить) mark, note, mention, notice, observe, intimate, list, point out• В заключение отметим, что... - We remark, in conclusion, that...• В связи с этим мы отметим, что... - In this connection, we observe that...• В связи с этим необходимо отметить, что... - In this connection, it should be noted that...• В связи с этим стоит отметить, что... - In this connection, it is worth noting that...• Во-вторых, мы отметим, что... - Secondly, we note that...• Возможно, что это подходящее место для того, чтобы отметить, что... - This is perhaps the place to comment that...• Далее, важно отметить, что... - Furthermore, it is important to note that...• Достаточно интересно отметить, что... - It is of some interest to observe that...• Еще раз отметим, что... - Once again it is noted that...• Можно (было бы) здесь отметить, что... - It may be mentioned here that...• Можно было бы отметить здесь другую меру предосторожности. - One other precaution might be mentioned here.• Можно отметить другие недостатки. - Other disadvantages may be noted.• Можно отметить три особенности. - Three features can be noted.• Можно отметить три специальных случая. - Three special cases may be noticed.• Мы должны также отметить, что... - We should also remark that...• Мы могли бы мимоходом отметить, что... - We may note in passing that...• Мы уже отмечали (= замечали), что... - We have already called attention to...• Мы уже отмечали по нескольким поводам... - We have noted on several occasions that...• Мы уже трижды отмечали (наличие)... - We have cited three instances of...• На самом деле мы обязаны отметить, что... - It is only fair to mention that...• На этом шаге стоит отметить, что... - It is worth remarking at this stage that...• Необходимо (= следует) еще отметить следующее. - There is a further point to be made here.• Необходимо сразу отметить, что... - It is to be noted immediately that...• Необходимо отметить, что... - It is to be noted that...• Необходимо четко отметить, что... - It must be carefully noted that...• Обращаясь теперь к уравнению (1), мы отметим (= заметим), что... - Turning to (1), we note that...• Один существенный момент, который необходимо отметить, состоит в том, что... - One vital point to be noticed is that...• Однако на данного этапе следует отметить, что... - The point to notice at this stage, however, is that...• Особенно следует отметить, что... - Of special note is...• Отметим (= подчеркнем) отличие в определениях... и... - Let us contrast the definitions of... and...• Отметим для дальнейшего, что... - For later use, we remark that...• Отметим здесь для ссылки, что... - For reference, let us note here that...• Отметим мимоходом, что... - We observe in passing that...• Отметим один факт, необходимый далее, а именно... - We record a fact to be used later, namely that...• Отметим теперь, что... - Next observe that...• Отметим, что существует только одно значение... - We notice that there is only one value of...• Отметим другой важный практический момент... - Another important practical point to notice is that...• Сначала мы отметим, что... - Our first step is to notice that...• Поучительно отметить, что... - It is instructive to note that...• Прежде чем продолжить изложение, стоит отметить, что... - Before we go further, it is worth observing that...• При решении данной задачи важно отметить, что... - In solving this problem it is important to notice that...• Ранее (уже) было отмечено, что... - It has been noted previously that...• Для того, чтобы ссылаться в дальнейшем, мы отметим, что... - We note for future reference that...• Сейчас мы просто отметим, что... - For the present, we merely note that...• Следует, однако, отметить, что... - It is fair to remark, however, that...• Стоит отметить, что... - It is noteworthy that...; It is worth pointing out that...; It is worth remarking that...; It is worth noticing that...• Чтобы вывести данное соотношение, мы отметим, во - первых, что... - In order to obtain this relation, we first note that...• Чтобы рассмотреть это более детально, отметим, что... - То see this in greater detail, let us note that...• Этот факт был отмечен без доказательства, в главе 4. - This fact was noted without proof in Chapter 4. -
107 Verbindung
f1. union (auch Ehe), bond; (Zusammenschluss, Vereinigung mehrerer Eigenschaften) combination; (von Ideen) association; (Zusammenhang) connection; im Text: context; (Beziehung, auch WIRTS.) relations Pl., contact ( beide zu with); JUR. bond; in Verbindung mit combined with; in connection with, in conjunction with; eine Verbindung eingehen join together, unite; Dinge: combine, unite; (sich verbünden) ally, form an alliance ( alle mit with); Verbindungen knüpfen make contacts; eine Verbindung herstellen mit, sich in Verbindung setzen mit contact, get in touch with; in Verbindung bleiben keep in touch; die Verbindung verlieren lose touch; in Verbindung bringen mit fig. associate with; in Verbindung stehen mit be in touch ( oder contact) with; einer Sache: be connected with; eine Verbindung zwischen Rauchen und Krebs a link between smoking and cancer; die Verbindung einer beweglichen Sache mit einem Grundstück JUR. the binding of mov(e)able property to a piece of land ( oder personal to real property)2. (Verkehrsverbindung) communication; eine direkte / günstige Verbindung nach Basel etc. a direct / good connection to Basle (Am. Basel) etc.; alle Verbindungen ausdrucken print out all the connections; die einzige Verbindung zur Insel etc. the only connection to the island etc.; eine Verbindung herstellen mit per Funk etc.: establish communication with; keine Verbindung bekommen mit TELEF. etc. not get through to; die Verbindung ist sehr schlecht TELEF. etc. the line is very bad3. CHEM. compound5. EDV connection, link; keine Verbindung mit dem Server etc. bekommen fail to get connected to the serv- er6. studentische: student society, Am. fraternity; für Studentinnen: sorority; schlagende / nicht schlagende Verbindung duelling / non-duelling society (Am. fraternity)* * *die Verbindung(Bündnis) alliance;(Kombination) combination;(Kontakt) contact;(Liebesverhältnis) liaison;(Studentenverein) fraternity;(Telefonverbindung) connection;(Verbindungsstelle) junction;(Vereinigung) union;(Zusammenhang) connection; connexion;(chemischer Stoff) compound* * *Ver|bịn|dungf1) connection; (= Kontakt) contact (zu, mit with)jdn/etw mit etw in Verbindung bringen — to connect sb/sth with sth
er/sein Name wurde mit dem Mord/der Affäre in Verbindung gebracht — he/his name was mentioned in connection with the murder/the affair
seine Verbindungen spielen lassen — to use one's connections, to pull a few strings (inf)
die Verbindung aufrechterhalten — to maintain contact; (esp zwischen Freunden) to keep in touch or contact
neue Verbindung erstellen (Comput: Option) — make new connection
sich (mit jdm) in Verbindung setzen, (mit jdm) in Verbindung treten — to get in touch or contact (with sb), to contact sb
mit jdm in Verbindung stehen, mit jdm Verbindung haben — to be in touch or contact with sb
2) (= Verkehrsverbindung) connection (nach to)die Verbindung von Berlin nach Warschau — the connections pl from Berlin to Warsaw
3) (TELEC = Anschluss) lineVerbindung aufnehmen — to make contact, to establish communication
5) (= Kombination) combination6) (= Vereinigung, Bündnis) association; (ehelich) union; (UNIV) society; (für Männer auch) ≈ fraternity (US); (für Frauen auch) ≈ sorority (US)eine schlagende/nicht schlagende Verbindung (Univ) — a duelling (Brit) or dueling (US)/nonduelling (Brit) or nondueling (US) fraternity
7) (CHEM) (= Prozess) combination; (= Ergebnis) compound (aus (formed out) of)eine Verbindung mit etw eingehen — to form a compound with sth, to combine with sth
* * *die1) (a place where two things are joined: You can hardly see the joins in the material.) join2) (an association of trading companies: a large manufacturing combine.) combine3) ((a) state of being connected or related: My connection with their family is very slight; I wish to talk to you in connection with my daughter's career.) connection4) (communication: I've lost contact with all my old friends; We have succeeded in making (radio) contact with the ship; How can I get in contact with him?) contact5) (a person or thing that provides a means of communicating with someone: His radio is his only contact with the outside world.) contact6) (a link for joining things together: The railway carriage was damaged when the coupling broke.) coupling7) (a close joining together: the marriage of his skill and her judgement.) marriage8) (the state of being united, eg in marriage, friendship etc: Their marriage was a perfect union.) union* * *Ver·bin·dungf1. (direkte Beziehung) contact\Verbindung [mit jdm] aufnehmen to contact [or get in touch with] sb[mit jdm] in \Verbindung bleiben to keep in touch [with sb]\Verbindung[en] mit [o zu] jdm/etw haben to have connections pl with sb/sthseine \Verbindungen spielen lassen (fam) to [try and] pull a few strings[mit jdm/miteinander] in \Verbindung stehen to be in [or have] contact [with sb/each other][mit jdm] in \Verbindung treten to contact sb▪ in \Verbindung mit jdm/etw in association with sb/stheine \Verbindung eingehen to unitedie beiden Parteien gingen eine \Verbindung ein the two parties joined forceseine eheliche \Verbindung eingehen to join in marriagedie [telefonische] \Verbindung nach Tokio war sehr schlecht the [telephone] line to [or connection with] Tokyo was very poorich bekomme keine \Verbindung I can't get a connection [or line], I can't get throughunsere \Verbindung wurde unterbrochen we were cut off\Verbindung aufnehmen (per Funk) to make contact, to establish communicationeine/keine \Verbindung [irgendwohin] bekommen to get through/not to be able to get through [to somewhere]was ist die beste \Verbindung [mit dem Zug] zwischen Hamburg und Dresden? what's the best way to get from Hamburg to Dresden [by train]?direkte \Verbindung [nach...] direct connection [to...]es gibt eine direkte \Verbindung mit dem Zug nach Kopenhagen there's a through train to Copenhageneine direkte \Verbindung mit dem Flugzeug gibt es leider nicht I'm afraid there isn't a direct flight6. (Verknüpfung) combinationin \Verbindung mit etw dat in conjunction with sthdie Eintrittskarte gilt nur in \Verbindung mit dem Personalausweis this entrance ticket is only valid [together] with your ID cardin \Verbindung mit dem Einkauf hat sich dieser Besuch gelohnt combined with the shopping trip this visit was well worth it7. (Zusammenhang) connectionin \Verbindung mit in connection withjdn/etw mit jdm/etw in \Verbindung bringen to connect sb/sth with sb/sth8. (Berührung) contacteine \Verbindung zwischen zwei Dingen herstellen to connect two thingseine \Verbindung aus zwei Stoffen a compound formed out of two substancesschlagende/nicht schlagende \Verbindung duelling/non-duelling fraternity* * *1) (das Verknüpfen) linking2) (Zusammenhalt) join; connection3) (verknüpfende Strecke) link4) (durch Telefon, Funk) connection5) (VerkehrsVerbindung) connection ( nach to)die Verbindung zur Außenwelt — connections pl. with the outside world
6) (Kombination) combination7) (Bündnis) associationeheliche Verbindung — (geh.) marriage
8) (Kontakt) contactsich mit jemandem in Verbindung setzen, Verbindung mit jemandem aufnehmen — get in touch or contact with somebody; contact somebody
9) (Zusammenhang) connection10) (StudentenVerbindung) society11) (Chemie) compound* * *1. union (auch Ehe), bond; (Zusammenschluss, Vereinigung mehrerer Eigenschaften) combination; (von Ideen) association; (Zusammenhang) connection; im Text: context; (Beziehung, auch WIRTSCH) relations pl, contact ( beidezu with); JUR bond;in Verbindung mit combined with; in connection with, in conjunction with;eine Verbindung eingehen join together, unite; Dinge: combine, unite; (sich verbünden) ally, form an alliance ( allemit with);Verbindungen knüpfen make contacts;eine Verbindung herstellen mit, sich in Verbindung setzen mit contact, get in touch with;in Verbindung bleiben keep in touch;die Verbindung verlieren lose touch;in Verbindung bringen mit fig associate with;eine Verbindung zwischen Rauchen und Krebs a link between smoking and cancer;die Verbindung einer beweglichen Sache mit einem Grundstück JUR the binding of mov(e)able property to a piece of land ( oder personal to real property)2. (Verkehrsverbindung) communication;eine direkte/günstige Verbindung nach Basel etc a direct/good connection to Basle (US Basel) etc;alle Verbindungen ausdrucken print out all the connections;eine Verbindung herstellen mit per Funk etc: establish communication with;3. CHEM compound5. IT connection, link;bekommen fail to get connected to the serv-erschlagende/nicht schlagende Verbindung duelling/non-duelling society (US fraternity)* * *1) (das Verknüpfen) linking2) (Zusammenhalt) join; connection3) (verknüpfende Strecke) link4) (durch Telefon, Funk) connection5) (VerkehrsVerbindung) connection ( nach to)die Verbindung zur Außenwelt — connections pl. with the outside world
6) (Kombination) combination7) (Bündnis) associationeheliche Verbindung — (geh.) marriage
8) (Kontakt) contactsich mit jemandem in Verbindung setzen, Verbindung mit jemandem aufnehmen — get in touch or contact with somebody; contact somebody
9) (Zusammenhang) connection10) (StudentenVerbindung) society11) (Chemie) compound* * *f.alliance n.association n.catenation n.chaining n.compound n.concatenation n.conjunction n.connection n.connectivity n.connexion (UK) n.fusion n.incorporation n.interconnection n.interface n.joint n.junction n.liaison n.link n. -
108 verbindung
f1. union (auch Ehe), bond; (Zusammenschluss, Vereinigung mehrerer Eigenschaften) combination; (von Ideen) association; (Zusammenhang) connection; im Text: context; (Beziehung, auch WIRTS.) relations Pl., contact ( beide zu with); JUR. bond; in Verbindung mit combined with; in connection with, in conjunction with; eine Verbindung eingehen join together, unite; Dinge: combine, unite; (sich verbünden) ally, form an alliance ( alle mit with); Verbindungen knüpfen make contacts; eine Verbindung herstellen mit, sich in Verbindung setzen mit contact, get in touch with; in Verbindung bleiben keep in touch; die Verbindung verlieren lose touch; in Verbindung bringen mit fig. associate with; in Verbindung stehen mit be in touch ( oder contact) with; einer Sache: be connected with; eine Verbindung zwischen Rauchen und Krebs a link between smoking and cancer; die Verbindung einer beweglichen Sache mit einem Grundstück JUR. the binding of mov(e)able property to a piece of land ( oder personal to real property)2. (Verkehrsverbindung) communication; eine direkte / günstige Verbindung nach Basel etc. a direct / good connection to Basle (Am. Basel) etc.; alle Verbindungen ausdrucken print out all the connections; die einzige Verbindung zur Insel etc. the only connection to the island etc.; eine Verbindung herstellen mit per Funk etc.: establish communication with; keine Verbindung bekommen mit TELEF. etc. not get through to; die Verbindung ist sehr schlecht TELEF. etc. the line is very bad3. CHEM. compound5. EDV connection, link; keine Verbindung mit dem Server etc. bekommen fail to get connected to the serv- er6. studentische: student society, Am. fraternity; für Studentinnen: sorority; schlagende / nicht schlagende Verbindung duelling / non-duelling society (Am. fraternity)* * *die Verbindung(Bündnis) alliance;(Kombination) combination;(Kontakt) contact;(Liebesverhältnis) liaison;(Studentenverein) fraternity;(Telefonverbindung) connection;(Verbindungsstelle) junction;(Vereinigung) union;(Zusammenhang) connection; connexion;(chemischer Stoff) compound* * *Ver|bịn|dungf1) connection; (= Kontakt) contact (zu, mit with)jdn/etw mit etw in Verbindung bringen — to connect sb/sth with sth
er/sein Name wurde mit dem Mord/der Affäre in Verbindung gebracht — he/his name was mentioned in connection with the murder/the affair
seine Verbindungen spielen lassen — to use one's connections, to pull a few strings (inf)
die Verbindung aufrechterhalten — to maintain contact; (esp zwischen Freunden) to keep in touch or contact
neue Verbindung erstellen (Comput: Option) — make new connection
sich (mit jdm) in Verbindung setzen, (mit jdm) in Verbindung treten — to get in touch or contact (with sb), to contact sb
mit jdm in Verbindung stehen, mit jdm Verbindung haben — to be in touch or contact with sb
2) (= Verkehrsverbindung) connection (nach to)die Verbindung von Berlin nach Warschau — the connections pl from Berlin to Warsaw
3) (TELEC = Anschluss) lineVerbindung aufnehmen — to make contact, to establish communication
5) (= Kombination) combination6) (= Vereinigung, Bündnis) association; (ehelich) union; (UNIV) society; (für Männer auch) ≈ fraternity (US); (für Frauen auch) ≈ sorority (US)eine schlagende/nicht schlagende Verbindung (Univ) — a duelling (Brit) or dueling (US)/nonduelling (Brit) or nondueling (US) fraternity
7) (CHEM) (= Prozess) combination; (= Ergebnis) compound (aus (formed out) of)eine Verbindung mit etw eingehen — to form a compound with sth, to combine with sth
* * *die1) (a place where two things are joined: You can hardly see the joins in the material.) join2) (an association of trading companies: a large manufacturing combine.) combine3) ((a) state of being connected or related: My connection with their family is very slight; I wish to talk to you in connection with my daughter's career.) connection4) (communication: I've lost contact with all my old friends; We have succeeded in making (radio) contact with the ship; How can I get in contact with him?) contact5) (a person or thing that provides a means of communicating with someone: His radio is his only contact with the outside world.) contact6) (a link for joining things together: The railway carriage was damaged when the coupling broke.) coupling7) (a close joining together: the marriage of his skill and her judgement.) marriage8) (the state of being united, eg in marriage, friendship etc: Their marriage was a perfect union.) union* * *Ver·bin·dungf1. (direkte Beziehung) contact\Verbindung [mit jdm] aufnehmen to contact [or get in touch with] sb[mit jdm] in \Verbindung bleiben to keep in touch [with sb]\Verbindung[en] mit [o zu] jdm/etw haben to have connections pl with sb/sthseine \Verbindungen spielen lassen (fam) to [try and] pull a few strings[mit jdm/miteinander] in \Verbindung stehen to be in [or have] contact [with sb/each other][mit jdm] in \Verbindung treten to contact sb▪ in \Verbindung mit jdm/etw in association with sb/stheine \Verbindung eingehen to unitedie beiden Parteien gingen eine \Verbindung ein the two parties joined forceseine eheliche \Verbindung eingehen to join in marriagedie [telefonische] \Verbindung nach Tokio war sehr schlecht the [telephone] line to [or connection with] Tokyo was very poorich bekomme keine \Verbindung I can't get a connection [or line], I can't get throughunsere \Verbindung wurde unterbrochen we were cut off\Verbindung aufnehmen (per Funk) to make contact, to establish communicationeine/keine \Verbindung [irgendwohin] bekommen to get through/not to be able to get through [to somewhere]was ist die beste \Verbindung [mit dem Zug] zwischen Hamburg und Dresden? what's the best way to get from Hamburg to Dresden [by train]?direkte \Verbindung [nach...] direct connection [to...]es gibt eine direkte \Verbindung mit dem Zug nach Kopenhagen there's a through train to Copenhageneine direkte \Verbindung mit dem Flugzeug gibt es leider nicht I'm afraid there isn't a direct flight6. (Verknüpfung) combinationin \Verbindung mit etw dat in conjunction with sthdie Eintrittskarte gilt nur in \Verbindung mit dem Personalausweis this entrance ticket is only valid [together] with your ID cardin \Verbindung mit dem Einkauf hat sich dieser Besuch gelohnt combined with the shopping trip this visit was well worth it7. (Zusammenhang) connectionin \Verbindung mit in connection withjdn/etw mit jdm/etw in \Verbindung bringen to connect sb/sth with sb/sth8. (Berührung) contacteine \Verbindung zwischen zwei Dingen herstellen to connect two thingseine \Verbindung aus zwei Stoffen a compound formed out of two substancesschlagende/nicht schlagende \Verbindung duelling/non-duelling fraternity* * *1) (das Verknüpfen) linking2) (Zusammenhalt) join; connection3) (verknüpfende Strecke) link4) (durch Telefon, Funk) connection5) (VerkehrsVerbindung) connection ( nach to)die Verbindung zur Außenwelt — connections pl. with the outside world
6) (Kombination) combination7) (Bündnis) associationeheliche Verbindung — (geh.) marriage
8) (Kontakt) contactsich mit jemandem in Verbindung setzen, Verbindung mit jemandem aufnehmen — get in touch or contact with somebody; contact somebody
9) (Zusammenhang) connection10) (StudentenVerbindung) society11) (Chemie) compound* * *…verbindung f im subst1. (Kontakt):Fernsprechverbindung telephone connection;Nachrichtenverbindung line of communication;Postverbindung link to a ( oder the) postal service;Schienenverbindung rail link2. CHEM:Sauerstoffverbindung oxygen compound;Schwefelverbindung sulphur (US -fur) compound* * *1) (das Verknüpfen) linking2) (Zusammenhalt) join; connection3) (verknüpfende Strecke) link4) (durch Telefon, Funk) connection5) (VerkehrsVerbindung) connection ( nach to)die Verbindung zur Außenwelt — connections pl. with the outside world
6) (Kombination) combination7) (Bündnis) associationeheliche Verbindung — (geh.) marriage
8) (Kontakt) contactsich mit jemandem in Verbindung setzen, Verbindung mit jemandem aufnehmen — get in touch or contact with somebody; contact somebody
9) (Zusammenhang) connection10) (StudentenVerbindung) society11) (Chemie) compound* * *f.alliance n.association n.catenation n.chaining n.compound n.concatenation n.conjunction n.connection n.connectivity n.connexion (UK) n.fusion n.incorporation n.interconnection n.interface n.joint n.junction n.liaison n.link n. -
109 romper
v.1 to break.romper algo en pedazos to break/smash/tear something to piecesEso rompe huesos That breaks bones.Su voz rompe el silencio His voice breaks the silence.2 to break.3 to break (empezar) (día).al romper el alba o día at daybreakromper a hacer algo to suddenly start doing somethingromper a llorar to burst into tearsromper a reír to burst out laughing4 to break (olas).5 to wear out.6 to break (interrumpir) (monotonía, silencio, hábito).7 to break off.Su ira rompe nuestra amistad His anger breaks off our friendship.8 to tear, to tear up.Ellos rompieron los papeles They tore the papers.* * *(pp roto,-a)2 (rajar, reventar) to split3 (gastar) to wear out4 (relaciones) to break off6 figurado (cerca, límite) to break through, break down7 (empezar) to initiate, begin8 figurado (interrumpir) to break, interrupt9 (mar, aire) to cleave1 (acabar - con algo) to break; (- con alguien) to split up, US break up2 (olas, día) to break3 (flores) to bloom, blossom1 (gen) to break2 (papel, tela) to tear, rip3 (rajarse, reventarse) to split4 (desgastarse) to wear out5 (coche) to break down\de rompe y rasga familiar resolute, determinedromper con alguien to quarrel with somebody, fall out with somebodyromper el fuego MILITAR to open fireromper el hielo figurado to break the iceromper una lanza por alguien figurado to defend somebodyromperle la cara a alguien / romperle las narices a alguien familiar to smash somebody's face inromperse por la mitad to break in half, split in half* * *verb1) to break2) smash, shatter3) rip, tear•- romper a* * *(pp roto)1. VT1) (=partir, destrozar)a) [intencionadamente] [+ juguete, mueble, cuerda] to break; [+ rama] to break, break off; [+ vaso, jarrón, cristal] to break, smashla onda expansiva rompió los cristales — the shock wave broke o smashed the windows
b) (=rasgar) [+ tela, vestido, papel] to tear, rip¡cuidado, que vas a romper las cortinas! — careful, you'll tear o rip the curtains!
se disgustó tanto con la carta que la rompió en pedazos — he was so angry about the letter that he tore o ripped it up
c) [por el uso] [+ zapatos, ropa] to wear outd) [+ barrera] (lit) to break down, break through; (fig) to break downtratan de romper barreras en el campo de la informática — they are trying to break down barriers in the area of computing
e)romper aguas —
- romper la cara a algnno haber roto un plato —
se comporta como si no hubiera roto un plato en su vida — he behaves as if butter wouldn't melt in his mouth
esquema, moldede rompe y rasga —
2) (=terminar) [+ equilibrio, silencio, maleficio, contrato] to break; [+ relaciones, amistad] to break offla patronal ha roto el pacto con los sindicatos — employers have broken the agreement with the unions
romper el servicio a algn — (Tenis) to break sb's service
3) (Mil) [+ línea, cerco] to break, break through¡rompan filas! — fall out!
4) (Agr) [+ tierra] to break, break up2. VI1) [olas] to break2) (=salir) [diente] to come through; [capullo, flor] to come outromper entre algo — to break through sth, burst through sth
los manifestantes rompieron entre el cordón de seguridad — the demonstrators broke o burst through the security cordon
3) [alba, día] to breakal romper el alba — at crack of dawn, at daybreak
4) (=empezar)romper a hacer algo — to (suddenly) start doing sth, (suddenly) start to do sth
rompió a proferir insultos contra todo el mundo — he suddenly started hurling o to hurl insults at everyone
5) (=separarse) [pareja, novios] to split upromper con — [+ novio, amante] to split up with, break up with; [+ amigo, familia] to fall out with; [+ aliado] to break off relations with; [+ tradición, costumbre, pasado] to break with; [+ imagen, tópico, leyenda] to break away from
ha roto con su novio — she has broken o split up with her boyfriend
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) <loza/mueble> to break; < ventana> to break, smash; <lápiz/cuerda> to break, snapb) < puerta> ( tirándola abajo) to break down; ( para que quede abierta) to break openc) <hoja/póster> ( rasgar) to tear; ( en varios pedazos) to tear upd) < camisa> to tear, split2)a) <silencio/monotonía> to break; < tranquilidad> to disturbb) <promesa/pacto> to break; <relaciones/compromiso> to break off2.romper vi1)a) olas to breakal romper el día — at daybreak, at the crack of dawn
c) ( empezar)romper A + INF — to begin o start to + inf
rompió a llorar/reír — she burst into tears/burst out laughing
2) novios to break up, split upromper CON algn — con novio to split o break up with sb
romper CON algo — con el pasado to break with sth; con tradición to break away from sth
3.de rompe y rasga — < decidir> suddenly
romperse verbo pronominala) vaso/plato to break, smash, get broken o smashed; papel to tear, rip, get torn o ripped; televisor/ascensor (RPl) to break downb) pantalones/zapatos to wear outc) (refl) <brazo/pierna> to break* * *= break, break down, rupture, rip off, fracture, rip.Ex. The document arrangement adopted is often broken, in the sense that documents in libraries are rarely shelved in one single and self-evident sequence.Ex. It describes our experience in combatting mould which grew as a result of high humidity and temperatures when the air conditioning system broke down for several days after several days of rain.Ex. In conversing with her you hadn't got to tread lightly and warily, lest at any moment you might rupture the relationship, and tumble into eternal disgrace.Ex. Within the social sciences psychology journals are the most ripped off.Ex. He will miss a month after fracturing his hand in practice.Ex. He punched her in the head and forced her to another room where he pinned her to the floor and ripped her shirt trying to remove it.----* algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.* al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.* día + romper = day + break.* que no se rompe en mil pedazos = shatterproof.* que rompe la armonía = eyesore.* romper a carcajadas = break out with + laugh.* romper Algo en pedazos = tear + Nombre + to bits.* romper a reír = bubble over in + laugh, burst out + laughing, explode into + laughter.* romper barreras = break down + boundaries, break down + borders.* romper completamente = break off.* romper completamente con = make + a clean break with.* romper con = break out of, break through, step away from, break away from.* romper con la tradición = make + break with tradition, break with + tradition.* romper con una amenaza = slay + dragon.* romper el equilibrio = tip + the scales.* romper el hielo = break + the ice.* romper el molde tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.* romper el silencio = break + the hush, break + silence, crack + the silence.* romper filas = break + ranks.* romper la barrera del sonido = break + the sound barrier.* romper la huelga = cross + the picket line.* romper la monotonía = relieve + monotony.* romper las barreras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.* romper las cadenas de la esclavitud = cast off + Posesivo + chains.* romper las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.* romper los esquemas = think out(side) + (of) the box.* romper los lazos con = sever + Posesivo + links with, sever + Posesivo + ties with, break + ties with.* romperse = snap off.* romperse el cuello = break + Posesivo + neck.* romperse la cabeza = puzzle + Reflexivo, scratch + Posesivo + head, rack + Posesivo + brains.* romper tajantemente con = make + a clean break with.* romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.* romper una lanza en favor de = stick up for.* romper una promesa = go back on, break + Posesivo + promise.* romper una relación = break off + relationship, sever + connection.* romper un lazo = sever + connection.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)a) <loza/mueble> to break; < ventana> to break, smash; <lápiz/cuerda> to break, snapb) < puerta> ( tirándola abajo) to break down; ( para que quede abierta) to break openc) <hoja/póster> ( rasgar) to tear; ( en varios pedazos) to tear upd) < camisa> to tear, split2)a) <silencio/monotonía> to break; < tranquilidad> to disturbb) <promesa/pacto> to break; <relaciones/compromiso> to break off2.romper vi1)a) olas to breakal romper el día — at daybreak, at the crack of dawn
c) ( empezar)romper A + INF — to begin o start to + inf
rompió a llorar/reír — she burst into tears/burst out laughing
2) novios to break up, split upromper CON algn — con novio to split o break up with sb
romper CON algo — con el pasado to break with sth; con tradición to break away from sth
3.de rompe y rasga — < decidir> suddenly
romperse verbo pronominala) vaso/plato to break, smash, get broken o smashed; papel to tear, rip, get torn o ripped; televisor/ascensor (RPl) to break downb) pantalones/zapatos to wear outc) (refl) <brazo/pierna> to break* * *= break, break down, rupture, rip off, fracture, rip.Ex: The document arrangement adopted is often broken, in the sense that documents in libraries are rarely shelved in one single and self-evident sequence.
Ex: It describes our experience in combatting mould which grew as a result of high humidity and temperatures when the air conditioning system broke down for several days after several days of rain.Ex: In conversing with her you hadn't got to tread lightly and warily, lest at any moment you might rupture the relationship, and tumble into eternal disgrace.Ex: Within the social sciences psychology journals are the most ripped off.Ex: He will miss a month after fracturing his hand in practice.Ex: He punched her in the head and forced her to another room where he pinned her to the floor and ripped her shirt trying to remove it.* algo que rompe la armonía = a blot on the landscape.* al romper el día = at the crack of dawn.* día + romper = day + break.* que no se rompe en mil pedazos = shatterproof.* que rompe la armonía = eyesore.* romper a carcajadas = break out with + laugh.* romper Algo en pedazos = tear + Nombre + to bits.* romper a reír = bubble over in + laugh, burst out + laughing, explode into + laughter.* romper barreras = break down + boundaries, break down + borders.* romper completamente = break off.* romper completamente con = make + a clean break with.* romper con = break out of, break through, step away from, break away from.* romper con la tradición = make + break with tradition, break with + tradition.* romper con una amenaza = slay + dragon.* romper el equilibrio = tip + the scales.* romper el hielo = break + the ice.* romper el molde tradicional = break out of + the traditional mould.* romper el silencio = break + the hush, break + silence, crack + the silence.* romper filas = break + ranks.* romper la barrera del sonido = break + the sound barrier.* romper la huelga = cross + the picket line.* romper la monotonía = relieve + monotony.* romper las barreras = breach + boundaries, breach + barriers.* romper las cadenas de la esclavitud = cast off + Posesivo + chains.* romper las ilusiones = shatter + Posesivo + hopes.* romper los esquemas = think out(side) + (of) the box.* romper los lazos con = sever + Posesivo + links with, sever + Posesivo + ties with, break + ties with.* romperse = snap off.* romperse el cuello = break + Posesivo + neck.* romperse la cabeza = puzzle + Reflexivo, scratch + Posesivo + head, rack + Posesivo + brains.* romper tajantemente con = make + a clean break with.* romper un acuerdo = sever + arrangement.* romper una lanza en favor de = stick up for.* romper una promesa = go back on, break + Posesivo + promise.* romper una relación = break off + relationship, sever + connection.* romper un lazo = sever + connection.* * *vtA1 ‹taza› to break; ‹ventana› to break, smash; ‹lápiz/cuerda› to break, snap; ‹juguete/radio/silla› to break2 ‹puerta› (tirándola abajo) to break down; (para que quede abierta) to break open3 ‹hoja/póster› (rasgar) to tear; (en varios pedazos) to tear up4 ‹camisa› to tear, splitB1 ‹silencio/monotonía› to break; ‹tranquilidad› to disturb2 ‹promesa/pacto› to break; ‹relaciones/compromiso› to break offC1 ( fam) ‹servicio› (en tenis) to break2 ( esp AmL) ‹récord› to break■ romperviA1 «olas» to break2 ( liter); «alba/día» to break; «flores» to open, burst open, come outsalimos al romper el día we left at daybreak o at the crack of dawn3(empezar): cuando rompa el hervor when it reaches boiling point, when it comes to the boil o starts to boilromper A + INF to begin o start to + INFrompió a llorar/reír she burst into tears/burst out laughingromper EN algo:romper en llanto to burst into tearsromper en sollozos to break into sobs, start sobbingB «novios» to break up, split up romper CON algn ‹con un novio› to split o break up WITH sb; ‹con un amigo› to fall out WITH sb romper CON algo ‹con el pasado› to break WITH sth; ‹con una tradición› to break away FROM sth, break WITH sthhay que romper con esas viejas creencias we have to break away from those old beliefseste verso rompe con la estructura general del poema this verse departs from the general structure of the poemde rompe y rasga: me lo dijo así, de rompe y rasga he told me like that, straight out ( colloq)no se puede decidir así de rompe y rasga you can't just decide like that on the spur of the momentmujeres de rompe y rasga strong-minded women■ romperse1 «vaso/plato» to break, smash, get broken o smashed; «papel» to tear, rip, get torn o ripped; «televisor/lavadora/ascensor» ( RPl) to break down2 «pantalones/zapatos» to wear outse me rompieron los calcetines por el talón my socks have worn through o gone through at the heel3 ‹brazo/pierna/muñeca› to breakse rompió el tobillo he broke his ankle4no se rompieron mucho con el regalo they didn't go to much trouble o expense over the gift ( colloq)* * *
romper ( conjugate romper) verbo transitivo
1
‹ ventana› to break, smash;
‹lápiz/cuerda› to break, snap
( en varios pedazos) to tear up
2
‹ tranquilidad› to disturb
‹relaciones/compromiso› to break off
verbo intransitivo
1
c) ( empezar):◊ rompió a llorar/reír she burst into tears/burst out laughing
2 [ novios] to break up, split up;
romper CON algn ‹ con novio› to split o break up with sb;
romper CON algo ‹ con el pasado› to break with sth;
‹ con tradición› to break away from sth
romperse verbo pronominal
[ papel] to tear, rip, get torn o ripped;
[televisor/ascensor] (RPl) to break down
romper
I verbo transitivo
1 to break
(un cristal, una pieza de loza) to smash, shatter
(una tela, un papel) to tear (up): rompió el contrato en pedazos, he tore the contract into pieces
2 (relaciones, una negociación) to break off
3 (una norma) to fail to fulfil, break
(una promesa, un trato) to break
4 (el ritmo, sueño, silencio) to break
II verbo intransitivo
1 (empezar el día, etc) to break: al cabo de un rato rompió a hablar, after a while she started talking
rompió a llorar, he burst into tears
2 (poner un fin) to break [con, with]: he roto con el pasado, I've broken with the past
(relaciones de pareja) rompieron hace una semana, they broke up a week ago ➣ Ver nota en break
' romper' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
acabar
- cascar
- congénere
- crisma
- dejar
- desligarse
- desordenar
- destrozar
- frágil
- hielo
- lanza
- partir
- regañar
- reñir
- echar
- espuma
- mameluco
- pacto
- promesa
- quebrar
English:
bash in
- break
- break into
- break off
- break up
- break with
- bust
- bust up
- crack
- dash
- fall out
- finish with
- ice
- monotony
- oath
- pound
- prompt
- rank
- relieve
- rupture
- sever
- smash
- snap
- snap off
- tear
- tear up
- chip
- fall
- half
- rip
- rompers
- shatter
* * *♦ vt1. [partir, fragmentar] to break;[hacer añicos] to smash; [rasgar] to tear;romper algo en pedazos to break/smash/tear sth to pieces;Mil¡rompan filas! fall out!;Famromper la baraja to get annoyed;Famo jugamos todos, o se rompe la baraja either we all play, or nobody does2. [estropear] to break3. [desgastar] to wear out4. [interrumpir] [monotonía, silencio, hábito] to break;[hilo del discurso] to break off; [tradición] to put an end to, to stop5. [terminar] to break off6. [incumplir] to break;rompió su promesa de ayudarnos she broke her promise to help us7.romper el par [en golf] to break par8.romper el servicio de alguien [en tenis] to break sb's serveno (me) rompas la paciencia you're trying my patience;muy Fam muy Famdejá de romper las pelotas o [m5] las bolas o [m5] los huevos stop being such a pain in the Br arse o US ass♦ virompió con su novia he broke up o split up with his girlfriend;ha roto con su familia she has broken off contact with her family;romper con la tradición to break with tradition;rompió con el partido she broke with the party2. [empezar] [día] to break;[hostilidades] to break out;romper a hacer algo to suddenly start doing sth;romper a llorar to burst into tears;romper a reír to burst out laughing3. [olas] to breakun cantante que rompe a singer who's all the rage;de rompe y rasga: es una mujer de rompe y rasga she's a woman who knows what she wants o knows her own mind¡no rompas! give me a break!* * *<part roto>I v/t2 relación break offII v/i1 break;romper con alguien break up with s.o.2:romper a hacer algo start doing sth, start to do sth;romper a llorar burst into tears, start crying3:hombre de rompe y rasga strong-minded man* * *romper {70} vt1) : to break, to smash2) : to rip, to tear3) : to break off (relations), to break (a contract)4) : to break through, to break down5) gastar: to wear outromper vi1) : to breakal romper del día: at the break of day2)romper a : to begin to, to burst out withromper a llorar: to burst into tears3)romper con : to break off with* * *romper vb¿quién ha roto el cristal? who broke the window? -
110 of
prepositiona friend of mine/the vicar's — ein Freund von mir/des Pfarrers
it's no business of theirs — es geht sie nichts an
where's that pencil of mine? — wo ist mein Bleistift?
2) (indicating starting point) vonwithin a mile of the centre — nicht weiter als eine Meile vom Zentrum entfernt
3) (indicating origin, cause)it was clever of you to do that — es war klug von dir, das zu tun
4) (indicating material) ausbe made of... — aus... [hergestellt] sein
5) (indicating closer definition, identity, or contents)the city of Chicago — die Stadt Chicago
increase of 10 % — Zuwachs/Erhöhung von zehn Prozent
battle of Hastings — Schlacht von od. bei Hastings
your letter of 2 January — Ihr Brief vom 2. Januar
be of value/interest to — von Nutzen/von Interesse od. interessant sein für
the whole of... — der/die/das ganze...
6) (indicating concern, reference)inform somebody of something — jemanden über etwas (Akk.) informieren
well, what of it? — (asked as reply) na und?
7) (indicating objective relation)his love of his father — seine Liebe zu seinem Vater
9) (indicating classification, selection) vonhe of all men — (most unsuitably) ausgerechnet er; (especially) gerade er
of an evening — (coll.) abends
* * *[əv]1) (belonging to: a friend of mine.) von2) (away from (a place etc); after (a given time): within five miles of London; within a year of his death.) von3) (written etc by: the plays of Shakespeare.) von4) (belonging to or forming a group: He is one of my friends.) von5) (showing: a picture of my father.) von6) (made from; consisting of: a dress of silk; a collection of pictures.) aus8) (about: an account of his work.) von9) (containing: a box of chocolates.) mit10) (used to show a cause: She died of hunger.) an11) (used to show a loss or removal: She was robbed of her jewels.) Genitiv12) (used to show the connection between an action and its object: the smoking of a cigarette.) Genitiv13) (used to show character, qualities etc: a man of courage.) mit14) ((American) (of time) a certain number of minutes before (the hour): It's ten minutes of three.) vor* * *of[ɒv, əv, AM ɑ:v, əv]people \of this island Menschen von dieser Inselthe language \of this country die Sprache dieses Landesthe cause \of the disease die Krankheitsursachethe colour \of her hair ihre Haarfarbethe government \of India die indische Regierunga friend \of mine ein Freund von mirsmoking is the worst habit \of mine Rauchen ist meine schlimmste Angewohnheitthis revolting dog \of hers ihr widerlicher Hundthe smell \of roses Rosenduft man admirer \of Picasso ein Bewunderer Picassosfive \of her seven kids are boys fünf ihrer sieben Kinder sind Jungenthere were ten \of us on the trip wir waren auf der Reise zu zehntnine \of the children came to the show neun Kinder kamen zur Vorstellungcan you please give me more \of the beans? könntest du mir noch etwas von den Bohnen geben?I don't want to hear any more \of that! ich will nichts mehr davon hören!he's the best-looking \of the three brothers er sieht von den drei Brüdern am besten ausa third \of the people ein Drittel der Leutethe whole \of the garden der ganze Gartenthe best \of friends die besten Freundethe days \of the week die Wochentageall \of us wir alleall \of us were tired wir waren alle müde\of all von allenbest \of all, I liked the green one am besten gefiel mir der grünethat \of all his films is my favourite er gefällt mir von allen seinen Filmen am bestenboth \of us wir beidemost \of them die meisten von ihnenone \of the cleverest eine(r) der Schlauestenhe's one \of the smartest \of the smart er ist einer der Klügsten unter den Klugena bunch \of parsley ein Bund Petersilie nta clove \of garlic eine Knoblauchzehea cup \of tea eine Tasse Teea drop \of rain ein Regentropfenhundreds \of people Hunderte von Menschena kilo \of apples ein Kilo Äpfel nta litre \of water ein Liter Wasser ma lot \of money eine Menge Gelda piece \of cake ein Stück Kuchena pride \of lions ein Rudel Löwen [o Löwenrudel] ntthe sweater is made \of the finest lambswool der Pullover ist aus feinster Schafwollea land \of ice and snow ein Land aus Eis und Schneedresses \of lace and silk Kleider aus Spitze und Seidea house \of stone ein Steinhaus, ein Haus aus Steina book \of short stories ein Buch mit Kurzgeschichtenthat was stupid \of me das war dumm von mirthe massacre \of hundreds \of innocent people das Massaker an Hunderten von Menschenthe destruction \of the rain forest die Zerstörung des Regenwaldsthe anguish \of the murdered child's parents die Qualen der Eltern des ermordeten Kindesthe suffering \of millions das Leiden von Millionento die \of sth an etw dat sterbenhe died \of cancer er starb an Krebs\of one's own free will aus freien Stücken, freiwillig\of oneself von selbstshe would never do such a thing \of herself so etwas würde sie nie von alleine tunthe works \of Shakespeare die Werke Shakespearesshe is \of noble birth sie ist adliger Abstammungwe will notify you \of any further changes wir werden Sie über alle Änderungen informierenhe was accused \of fraud er wurde wegen Betrugs angeklagtI know \of a guy who could fix that for you ich kenne jemanden, der das für dich reparieren kann\of her childhood, we know very little wir wissen nur sehr wenig über ihre Kindheitlet's not speak \of this matter lass uns nicht über die Sache redenspeaking \of sb/sth,... wo [o da] wir gerade von jdm/etw sprechen,...speaking \of time, do you have a watch on? da wir gerade von der Zeit reden, hast du eine Uhr?she's often unsure \of herself sie ist sich ihrer selbst oft nicht sicherI'm really appreciative \of all your help ich bin dir für all deine Hilfe wirklich dankbarhe was worthy \of the medal er hatte die Medaille verdientI am certain \of that ich bin mir dessen sicherthis is not uncharacteristic \of them das ist für sie nichts Ungewöhnlichesto be afraid \of sb/sth vor jdm/etw Angst habento be fond \of swimming gerne schwimmento be jealous \of sb auf jdn eifersüchtig seinto be sick \of sth etw satthaben, von etw dat genug habenthere was no warning \of the danger es gab keine Warnung vor der Gefahrhe has a love \of music er liebt die Musikhe's a doctor \of medicine er ist Doktor der Medizinthe idea \of a just society die Idee einer gerechten Gesellschaftthe memories \of her school years die Erinnerungen an ihre Schuljahrethe pain \of separation der Trennungsschmerzit's a problem \of space das ist ein Raumproblemhis promises \of loyalty seine Treueversprechento be in search \of sb/sth auf der Suche nach jdm/etw seinshe's in search \of a man sie sucht einen Mannthoughts \of revenge Rachegedanken pl▪ what \of sb? was ist mit jdm?and what \of Adrian? was macht eigentlich Adrian?what \of it? was ist schon dabei?, na und?on the point [or verge] \of doing sth kurz davor [o im Begriff] sein, etw zu tunI'm on the point \of telling him off ich werde ihn jetzt gleich rausschmeißenin the back \of the car hinten im Autothe zipper was on the back \of the dress der Reißverschluss war hinten am Kleidon the corner \of the street an der Straßeneckeon the left \of the picture links auf dem Bilda lake north/south \of the city ein See im Norden/Süden der StadtI've never been north \of Edinburgh ich war noch nie nördlich von Edinburghon the top \of his head [oben] auf seinem Kopfa rise \of 2% in inflation ein Inflationsanstieg von 2 Prozentthe stocks experienced an average rise \of 5% die Aktien sind im Durchschnitt um 5 % gestiegenat the age \of six im Alter von sechs Jahrenhe's a man \of about 50 er ist um die 50 Jahre altI hate this kind \of party ich hasse diese Art von Partythe city \of Prague die Stadt Pragshe has the face \of an angel sie hat ein Gesicht wie ein Engelthe grace \of a dancer die Anmut einer Tänzerinthe love \of a good woman die Liebe einer guten Fraushe gave a scream \of terror sie stieß einen Schrei des Entsetzens ausa man \of honour ein Mann von Ehrea moment \of silence ein Moment m der StilleI want a few minutes \of quiet! ich will ein paar Minuten Ruhe!a subject \of very little interest ein sehr wenig beachtetes Themaa woman \of great charm and beauty eine Frau von großer Wärme und Schönheitwe live within a mile \of the city centre wir wohnen eine Meile vom Stadtzentrum entferntshe came within two seconds \of beating the world record sie hat den Weltrekord nur um zwei Sekunden verfehltI got married back in June \of 1957 ich habe im Juni 1957 geheiratetthe eleventh \of March der elfte Märzthe first \of the month der erste [Tag] des Monatsthe most memorable events \of the past decade die wichtigsten Ereignisse des letzten Jahrzehntsthey were robbed \of all their savings ihnen wurden alle Ersparnisse geraubtI've him \of that nasty little habit ich habe ihm diese dumme Angewohnheit abgewöhnthis mother had deprived him \of love seine Mutter hat ihm ihre Liebe vorenthaltento get rid \of sb jdn loswerdenthe room was devoid \of all furnishings der Raum war ganz ohne Möbelthis complete idiot \of a man dieser Vollidiotthe month \of June der Monat Junithe name \of Brown der Name Brownshe died \of a Sunday morning sie starb an einem SonntagmorgenI like to relax with my favourite book \of an evening ich entspanne mich abends gerne mit meinem Lieblingsbuch\of late in letzter Zeitit's quarter \of five es ist viertel vor fünf [o BRD drei viertel fünf26.▶ \of all geradeJane, \of all people, is the last one I'd expect to see at the club gerade Jane ist die letzte, die ich in dem Klub erwartet hätteI can't understand why you live in Ireland, \of all places ich kann nicht verstehen, warum du ausgerechnet in Irland lebsttoday \of all days ausgerechnet heute▶ \of all the cheek [or nerve] das ist doch die Höhe!▶ to be \of sth:she is \of the opinion that doctors are only out to experiment sie glaubt, Ärzte möchten nur herumexperimentierenthis work is \of great interest and value diese Arbeit ist sehr wichtig und wertvoll* * *[ɒv, əv]prep1) (indicating possession or relation) von (+dat), use of genthe wife of the doctor — die Frau des Arztes, die Frau vom Arzt
a friend of ours — ein Freund/eine Freundin von uns
a painting of the Queen — ein Gemälde nt der or von der Königin
the first of the month — der Erste (des Monats), der Monatserste
that damn dog of theirs (inf) — ihr verdammter Hund (inf)
it is very kind of you —
it was nasty of him to say that — es war gemein von ihm, das zu sagen
2)(indicating separation in space or time)
south of Paris — südlich von Paris3)he died of poison/cancer — er starb an Gift/Krebshe died of hunger — er verhungerte, er starb hungers
4)he was cured of the illness — er wurde von der Krankheit geheilt5) (indicating material) ausdress made of wool — Wollkleid nt, Kleid nt aus Wolle
6)(indicating quality, identity etc)
house of ten rooms — Haus nt mit zehn Zimmernman of courage — mutiger Mensch, Mensch m mit Mut
girl of ten — zehnjähriges Mädchen, Mädchen nt von zehn Jahren
7)fear of God — Gottesfurcht fhe is a leader of men —
8)(subjective genitive)
love of God for man — Liebe Gottes zu den Menschen9)(partitive genitive)
the whole of the house — das ganze Hausthere were six of us — wir waren zu sechst, wir waren sechs
he asked the six of us to lunch — er lud uns sechs zum Mittagessen ein
the bravest of the brave —
he drank of the wine (liter) — er trank von dem Weine (liter)
10)(= concerning)
what do you think of him? — was halten Sie von ihm?= by)
forsaken of men — von allen verlassen12)he's become very quiet of late — er ist letztlich or seit Neuestem so ruhig geworden* * *of [ɒv; əv; US əv; ɑv] präp1. allg vonthe tail of the dog der Schwanz des Hundes;the tail of a dog der oder ein Hundeschwanz;the folly of his action die Dummheit seiner Handlung3. Ort: bei:4. Entfernung, Trennung, Befreiung:a) von:south of London südlich von London;within ten miles of London im Umkreis von 10 Meilen um London;cure (rid) of sth von etwas heilen (befreien)b) (gen) he was robbed of his wallet er wurde seiner Brieftasche beraubt, ihm wurde die Brieftasche geraubtc) um:5. Herkunft: von, aus:of good family aus einer guten Familie;Mr X of London Mr. X aus Londona friend of mine ein Freund von mir, einer meiner Freunde;that red nose of his seine rote Nase7. Eigenschaft: von, mit:a man of courage ein mutiger Mann, ein Mann mit Mut;a man of no importance ein unbedeutender Mensch;a fool of a man ein (ausgemachter) Narr8. Stoff: aus, von:a dress of silk ein Kleid aus oder von Seide, ein Seidenkleid;(made) of steel aus Stahl (hergestellt), stählern, Stahl…9. Urheberschaft, Art und Weise: von:of o.s. von selbst, von sich aus;he has a son of his first marriage er hat einen Sohn aus erster Ehe10. Ursache, Grund:a) von, an (dat):die of cancer an Krebs sterbenb) aus:c) vor (dat): → academic.ru/1052/afraid">afraidd) auf (akk):e) über (akk):f) nach:it is true of every case das trifft in jedem Fall zu12. Thema:a) von, über (akk):b) an (akk):13. Apposition, im Deutschen nicht ausgedrückt:a) the city of London die Stadt London;the month of April der Monat Aprilb) Maß:a piece of meat ein Stück Fleisch14. Genitivus obiectivus:a) zu:c) bei:an audience of the king eine Audienz beim König15. Zeit:a) umg an (dat), in (dat):of an evening eines Abends;of late years in den letzten Jahrenb) von:your letter of March 3rd Ihr Schreiben vom 3. März* * *preposition1) (indicating belonging, connection, possession)a friend of mine/the vicar's — ein Freund von mir/des Pfarrers
2) (indicating starting point) von3) (indicating origin, cause)it was clever of you to do that — es war klug von dir, das zu tun
4) (indicating material) ausbe made of... — aus... [hergestellt] sein
5) (indicating closer definition, identity, or contents)increase of 10 % — Zuwachs/Erhöhung von zehn Prozent
battle of Hastings — Schlacht von od. bei Hastings
your letter of 2 January — Ihr Brief vom 2. Januar
be of value/interest to — von Nutzen/von Interesse od. interessant sein für
the whole of... — der/die/das ganze...
6) (indicating concern, reference)inform somebody of something — jemanden über etwas (Akk.) informieren
well, what of it? — (asked as reply) na und?
8) (indicating description, quality, condition)9) (indicating classification, selection) vonhe of all men — (most unsuitably) ausgerechnet er; (especially) gerade er
of an evening — (coll.) abends
* * *prep.aus präp.von präp.vor präp.über präp. -
111 ac
atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).I.In joining single words, which is its most common use.A.In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)1.The form atque.a.Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):b.sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):2.Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):B.sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—Esp.a.In a hendiadys:b.utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).(α).Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:(β).Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—With adeo, and that too, and even:(γ).intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—With etiam:(δ).id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—With the dem. pron. hic, is:II.negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—In comparisons.A.Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:B.si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:C.illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;D.once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;E.in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):F.nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:G.amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:III.principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.a.Absol.:b.Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—With potius:IV.Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —In connecting clauses and beginning periods.1.In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:2.atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.a.Absol.:b.maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —Often with etiam:c.Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—Sometimes with quoque:d.Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—3.In narration:4.aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):5.Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—In connecting two acts or events.a.In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;b. (α).ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—Absol.:(β).si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—With ita or sic:c.Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):6.non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:7.Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—In expressing a wish, atque utinam:8.Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.a.Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;b.atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—With tamen:9.nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;10.... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).a.A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:b.Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—A positive purpose:11.Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:b.atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—In introducing parentheses:c.vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:V.Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—In particular connections and phrases.A.Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:B.unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—Etiam atque etiam. again and again:C.temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—D.Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:E.atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:F.Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—With other conjunctions.1.After et:2.equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:3.submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—Before et:4.caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):G.nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:a.In the second place:b.Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—In the third place:quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.) -
112 adque
atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).I.In joining single words, which is its most common use.A.In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)1.The form atque.a.Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):b.sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):2.Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):B.sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—Esp.a.In a hendiadys:b.utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).(α).Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:(β).Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—With adeo, and that too, and even:(γ).intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—With etiam:(δ).id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—With the dem. pron. hic, is:II.negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—In comparisons.A.Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:B.si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:C.illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;D.once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;E.in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):F.nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:G.amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:III.principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.a.Absol.:b.Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—With potius:IV.Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —In connecting clauses and beginning periods.1.In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:2.atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.a.Absol.:b.maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —Often with etiam:c.Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—Sometimes with quoque:d.Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—3.In narration:4.aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):5.Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—In connecting two acts or events.a.In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;b. (α).ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—Absol.:(β).si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—With ita or sic:c.Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):6.non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:7.Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—In expressing a wish, atque utinam:8.Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.a.Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;b.atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—With tamen:9.nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;10.... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).a.A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:b.Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—A positive purpose:11.Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:b.atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—In introducing parentheses:c.vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:V.Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—In particular connections and phrases.A.Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:B.unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—Etiam atque etiam. again and again:C.temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—D.Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:E.atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:F.Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—With other conjunctions.1.After et:2.equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:3.submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—Before et:4.caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):G.nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:a.In the second place:b.Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—In the third place:quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.) -
113 atque
atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).I.In joining single words, which is its most common use.A.In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)1.The form atque.a.Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):b.sociorum atque amicorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):deposci atque expeti,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):excitare atque inflammare,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):honestissimus atque ornatissimus,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):2.Gallorum atque Belgarum,
Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,Cassius atque Brutus,
Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):in portubus atque custodiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):superatam esse atque depressam,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):vitiis atque flagitiis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):dignitate atque gloria,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:virtute atque gloria,
Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):labore atque justitia,
Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):hilari atque laeto,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):multae atque magnae,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):adventu atque nomine,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):magna atque praeclara,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):se conlegit atque recreavit,
Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):provinciarum atque sociorum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):parietum atque tectorum,
Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):gravis atque vehemens,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):B.sentientes ac bene meritos,
Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:feri ac barbari,
Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):liberis ac conjugibus,
Liv. 21, 30:Romae ac circa urbem,
id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):periculum ac discrimen,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:usus ac disciplina,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):opima est ac fertilis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:potentissimos ac firmissimos,
Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,
Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):nobilitatis ac juventutis,
Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):terrore ac metu,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):insedit ac nimis inveteravit,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:gentes ac nationes,
id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):celeberrimum ac plenissimum,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):firmamenti ac roboris,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):vectigalibus ac sociis,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):tantis rebus ac tanto bello,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):armatos ac victores,
Caes. B. G. 1, 40:inconsulte ac veluti etc.,
Sall. C. 42, 2:opera ac vineae,
Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,
Tac. Agr. 35:in se simul atque in Herculem,
id. G. 34:suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,
id. ib. 30; so,sociis pariter atque hostibus,
id. H. 4, 73:innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,
id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,
Cic. Cael. 19, 45:omnia honesta atque inhonesta,
Sall. C. 30, 4:nobiles atque ignobiles,
id. ib. 20, 7:caloris ac frigoris patientia par,
Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,
Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—Esp.a.In a hendiadys:b.utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,
with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:de conplexu ejus ac sinu,
of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,
Sall. C. 3 fin.:clamore atque adsensu,
shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).(α).Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:(β).Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,
and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,
and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,
and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:hebeti ingenio atque nullo,
and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,
and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,
and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,
id. C. 52, 35.—With adeo, and that too, and even:(γ).intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,
Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,
id. ib. 2, 12, 27:insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,
id. Planc. 19 fin.:non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,
Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:atque adeo autem quor etc.,
Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—With etiam:(δ).id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,
and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,
Liv. 3, 46.—With the dem. pron. hic, is:II.negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,
and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,
Caes. B. C. 1, 27:Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,
id. ib. 2, 2:duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,
id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,
id. B. G. 5, 18:ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,
id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,
Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—In comparisons.A.Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:B.si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,
Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,
Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,
Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,
Nep. Dat. 3, 5:magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,
id. Hann. 5, 3:pariter patribus ac plebi carus,
Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,
Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,
Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,
id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,
Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,
Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,
Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,
Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:C.illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,
other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,
Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,
Cic. Att. 2, 3:simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,
id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,
id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,
id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,
id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,
id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;D.once, however, non aliter, ac si,
Cic. Att. 13, 51;v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,
Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,
id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,
id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,
id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,
just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,
id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,
id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,
id. Mur. 4 fin.:haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,
Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;E.in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,
Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,
id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,
Cic. Cat. 4, 2:pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,
id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,
nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?
id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):F.nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,
Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,
id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:quae suco caret atque putris pumex,
Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:G.amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,
Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,
Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,
Cat. 61, 172:haud minus ac jussi faciunt,
Verg. A. 3, 561:Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,
Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,
id. ib. 2, 7, 96:Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,
id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:III.principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,
as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,
Dig. 21, 1, 25:quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,
ib. 16, 1, 24.—To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.a.Absol.:b.Decipiam ac non veniam,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,
id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,
Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,
id. Rosc. Am. 33:si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?
id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,
id. Att. 1, 16:si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,
id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,
id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,
Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,
Tac. Or. 1.—With potius:IV.Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?
Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?
id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,
Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —In connecting clauses and beginning periods.1.In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:2.atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,
Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,
Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,
Tac. A. 1, 47:Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,
Tac. Or. 14:ac similiter in translatione, etc.,
Quint. 3, 6, 77.—In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.a.Absol.:b.maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,
and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —Often with etiam:c.Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,
Cic. Or. 40, 139:Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,
id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—Sometimes with quoque:d.Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,
Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—3.In narration:4.aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,
Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,
Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):5.Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,
Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,
Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,
Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,
Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,
id. Lael. 15, 54.—In connecting two acts or events.a.In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;b. (α).ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,
And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,
and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,
id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,
and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,
Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,
id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:cape hoc argentum atque defer,
Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:abi domum ac deos comprecare,
id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:tace modo ac sequere hac,
id. ib. 2, 4, 16:Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,
Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,
id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—Absol.:(β).si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,
and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—With ita or sic:c.Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,
Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,
Quint. 12, 10, 67.—Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):6.non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,
Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—(As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:7.Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,
id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,
And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—In expressing a wish, atque utinam:8.Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!
Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:Atque utinam pro decore etc.,
Liv. 21, 41, 13:Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,
Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!
Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.a.Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;b.atque ipsis commentum placet,
Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,
id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,
and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,
Plin. Pan. 26.—With tamen:9.nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,
id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,
id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,
Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,
id. H. 5, 16.—To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;10.... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,
Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),
Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).a.A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:b.Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,
Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,
id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,
Cels. 8, 1:Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,
Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:Ac ne forte putes,
id. ib. 2, 1, 208:Ac ne forte putes etc.,
Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—A positive purpose:11.Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,
Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,
id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,
id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:b.atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,
id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—In introducing parentheses:c.vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,
Liv. 21, 38:omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,
Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:V.Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,
id. Off. 1, 6, 19:Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,
id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—In particular connections and phrases.A.Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:B.unae atque alterae scalae,
Sall. J. 60, 7:quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,
id. ib. 93, 2:unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,
Tac. H. 5, 6:dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,
Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:alius atque alius,
Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,
Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—Etiam atque etiam. again and again:C.temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,
Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:etiam atque etiam considera,
Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,
id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:iterum atque iterum,
Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—D.Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:E.atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,
but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,
and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:F.Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,
Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,
id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,
id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,
Quint. 10, 2, 2.—With other conjunctions.1.After et:2.equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,
Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,
id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,
Tac. Agr. 32.:denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,
Liv. 21, 6, 4:ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,
id. 21, 41, 2:et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,
Quint. 8, 3, 3:Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,
id. 12, 10, 67. —After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:3.submoverique atque in castra redigi,
Liv. 26, 10:terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,
id. 21, 52:mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,
Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—Before et:4.caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,
Tac. Agr. 32.—After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):G.nec clavis nec canis atque calix,
Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,
Suet. Vesp. 12.—Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,
Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,
id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,
Cat. 68, 152:Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,
Verg. G. 4, 463:Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,
id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,
Tib. 2, 5, 73:complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,
Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:a.In the second place:b.Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,
Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,
id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,
Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—In the third place:quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,
Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.) -
114 соотношение
relation, correlation, ratio, relationship, formula• Альтернативная форма данного соотношения получается... - An alternative form of this relation is obtained by...• Более трудным и тонким соотношением является... - A more difficult and subtle relation is...• Введем новые переменные х, у, z, заданные соотношениями... - Let us now introduce new variables x, y, z, given by...• Дополнительное соотношение может получено, если мы заметим, что... - An additional relation can be obtained by noting that...• Дополнительные соотношения для новых функций устанавливаются из ряда представлений в (4.1). - Additional relations for the new functions are established from the series representations in (4.1).• Другое соотношение между этими величинами может быть получено (с помощью)... - Another relation between these quantities can be obtained by...• Из анализа соотношения (1) очевидным образом следует, что... - It is evident from inspection of (1) that...• Из нашего обсуждения соотношения (4), а также из того факта, что..., вытекает... - This follows from our discussion of (4) and the fact that...• Из предыдущего соотношения ясно, что... - From the above relation it is clear that...• Имеется простое соотношение между этими двумя величинами. - There is a simple relationship between these two quantities.• Иногда бывает удобно использовать соотношения вида... - It is sometimes convenient to use relations of the form...• Используя соотношение (3) между х а у, можно записать... - Making use of the relation between x and у given by (3), one may write...• Используя эти соотношения, мы легко можем показать по индукции, что... - From these relations we can easily show by induction that...• Используя это соотношение, легко подтвердить, что... - It is easily confirmed, using this relationship, that...• Кроме этих основных соотношений мы должны также рассмотреть некоторые вспомогательные. - Aside from these basic relations, we must also consider certain auxiliary conditions.• Наиболее простой путь удовлетворения этому соотношению это выбрать... - The simplest way to satisfy the relation is to choose...• Наши первые результаты описывают соотношения между... - Our first results deal with the relations between...• Невозможно далее упростить это соотношение, потому что... - It is not possible to simplify this relationship any further because...• Обращаясь к соотношению (1), мы находим, что... - Referring back to (1), we find that...• Относительно приведенного выше соотношения (2) можно сделать несколько замечаний. - A few remarks may be made in connection with (2) above.• Очевидно, что выполнение соотношения (1) возможно лишь тогда, когда... - The fulfillment of (1), clearly, is possible only if... ; "i• Повторное применение соотношения (1) дает соотношение (2). - Repeated application of (1) gives (2).• Подобное соотношение существует между... - A similar connection exists between...• Полученные соотношения можно было бы также применить к... - The relations obtained may also be applied to...• Преимуществом соотношения (3) является то, что оно позволяет... - The advantage of (3) is that it permits...• Соотношение именно такого типа должно ожидаться, так как... - A relationship of this sort is to be expected because...• Соотношение между к и т дается формулой... - A relationship between к and m is given by the formula...• Существенная разница между соотношениями (4) и (5) состоит в том, что... - The crucial difference between (4) and (5) is that...• Чтобы вывести данное соотношение, мы отметим, во-первых, что... - In order to obtain this relation, we first note that...• Чтобы установить желаемое соотношение, мы... - То establish the desired relationship, we...• Чтобы установить соотношение (1), давайте... - То establish (1), let...• Эти соотношения можно было бы применить, например, к... - These expressions may be applied, for example, to...• Эти соотношения получаются наиболее просто (методом)... - These relations are obtained most simply by...• Это замечательное соотношение. - This is a remarkable relation.• Это позволяет нам установить естественное и полезное соотношение между... - This allows us to establish a natural and useful connection between...• Это простое соотношение немедленно показывает, что... - This simple relation shows immediately that...• Это соотношение имеет то преимущество, что... - This relation has the advantage that...• Это соотношение можно также получить исходя из теории электромагнетизма. - This relation can also be obtained from the theory of electromagnetism.• Это соотношение также показывает, что... - This relation also shows that...• Это соотношение часто бывает полезным, поскольку оно обеспечивает... - This expression is often useful because it provides...• Это соотношение, которое связывает значения переменной х с t. - This is the relation connecting x and t.• Этот результат мог бы быть выведен прямо из соотношения (6). - This result could have been deduced directly from (6). -
115 close
I
1. kləus adverb1) (near in time, place etc: He stood close to his mother; Follow close behind.) cerca(de)2) (tightly; neatly: a close-fitting dress.) con estrechez
2. adjective1) (near in relationship: a close friend.) íntimo2) (having a narrow difference between winner and loser: a close contest; The result was close.) parecido, igualado3) (thorough: a close examination of the facts; Keep a close watch on him.) detallado4) (tight: a close fit.) ajustado5) (without fresh air: a close atmosphere; The weather was close and thundery.) bochornoso6) (mean: He's very close (with his money).) tacaño7) (secretive: They're keeping very close about the business.) reservado•- closely- closeness
- close call/shave
- close-set
- close-up
- close at hand
- close on
- close to
II
1. kləuz verb1) (to make or become shut, often by bringing together two parts so as to cover an opening: The baby closed his eyes; Close the door; The shops close on Sundays.) cerrar2) (to finish; to come or bring to an end: The meeting closed with everyone in agreement.) terminar3) (to complete or settle (a business deal).) concluir
2. noun(a stop, end or finish: the close of day; towards the close of the nineteenth century.) fin, final- close up
close1 adj1. cerca / al lado2. íntimoclose2 adv cercaclose3 n finalclose4 vb cerrartr[kləʊs]1 (near) cercano,-a (to, a), próximo,-a (to, a)■ the houses are in close proximity to each other las casas están muy próximas las unas de las otras2 (friend) íntimo,-a, allegado,-a; (relation, family) cercano,-a; (link, tie, cooperation, collaboration) estrecho,-a; (contact) directo,-a4 (texture, weave) tupido,-a, cerrado,-a, compacto,-a; (print) apretado,-a5 (similar) parecido,-a6 SMALLMILITARY/SMALL (formation) cerrado,-a7 (weather) bochornoso,-a, sofocante; (room, air) cargado,-a8 (thorough, careful - study, examination, etc) detallado,-a, detenido,-a; (look) de cerca; (watch) atento,-a; (translation) fiel9 (game, contest, finish) reñido,-a; (result) apretado,-a10 (secretive) reservado,-a11 SMALLLINGUISTICS/SMALL (vowel) cerrado,-a1 (in position) cerca2 (in time) cerca\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLat close quarters de cercaat close range a quemarropaclose at/to hand al alcance de la mano, cercaclose by cercaclose on/to casi, cerca declose up de cercato be/have a close shave/call/thing salvarse por los pelosto be close to tears estar a punto de llorarto keep a close eye/watch on vigilar de cercato keep something a close secret mantener algo en el más riguroso secreto————————tr[kləʊz]2 (precincts) recinto1 (shut - gen) cerrar1 (gen) cerrar, cerrarse■ what time do you close? ¿a qué hora cierran?2 (end) concluir, terminar3 SMALLFINANCE/SMALL cerrar (at, a)\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLto bring something to a close concluir algo, poner fin a algoto close ranks cerrar filasto close in on something/somebody rodear algo/a alguien, cercar algo/a alguiento close one's eyes to something cerrar los ojos a algoto close one's mind to something cerrarse a algoto come to a close / draw to a close tocar a su fin, llegar a su finclose season veda, época de veda: cerrarclose vi1) : cerrarse, cerrar2) terminate: concluirse, terminar3)to close in approach: acercarse, aproximarseclose ['klo:s] adv: cerca, de cerca1) confining: restrictivo, estrecho2) secretive: reservado3) strict: estricto, detallado4) stuffy: cargado, bochornoso (dícese del tiempo)5) tight: apretado, entallado, ceñidoit's a close fit: es muy apretado6) near: cercano, próximo7) intimate: íntimoclose friends: amigos íntimos8) accurate: fiel, exacto9) : reñidoa close election: una elección muy reñidaclose ['klo:z] n: fin m, final m, conclusión fadj.• angosto, -a adj.• apretado, -a adj.• aproximado, -a adj.• arrimado, -a adj.• cerca adj.• cercano, -a adj.• entrañable adj.• estrecho, -a adj.• minucioso, -a adj.• próximo, -a adj.• íntimo, -a adj.n.• conclusión s.f.• fenecimiento s.m.• fin s.m.v.• candar v.• cerrar v.• clausurar v.• finiquitar v.• tapar v.• terminar v.
I kləʊsadjective closer, closest1)a) ( near) próximo, cercanoat close range o quarters — de cerca
close TO something/somebody — próximo or cercano a algo/alguien, cerca de algo/alguien
b) < shave> al ras, apuradothat was a close shave o call — (colloq) se salvó (or me salvé etc) por un pelo or por los pelos (fam)
they are close friends — son muy amigos, son amigos íntimos
they've always been very close — siempre han sido or (Esp) estado muy unidos
sources close to the government — fuentes allegadas or cercanas al gobierno
3) ( in similarity)he bears a close resemblance to his brother — tiene un gran parecido a or con su hermano, se parece mucho a su hermano
4) < fit> ajustado, ceñido5) ( strictly guarded)it was kept a close secret — se mantuvo en el más absoluto or riguroso secreto
6) ( careful) < examination> detenido, detalladoto keep a close watch on something/somebody — vigilar algo/a alguien de cerca
7) <contest/finish> reñidohe finished a close second — llegó en segundo lugar, muy cerca del ganador
8) <weather/atmosphere> pesado, bochornoso
II kləʊsadverb closer, closest1) ( in position) cercato draw/get/come close — acercarse*
close TO something/somebody — cerca de algo/alguien
to hold somebody close — abrazar* a alguien
phew, that was close! — uf, nos salvamos por poco or por los pelos!
2) ( in intimacy)the tragedy brought them closer together o to each other — la tragedia los acercó or unió más
3) ( in approximation)it's not my favorite, but it comes pretty close — no es mi favorito pero casi
close TO something: the temperature is close to... la temperatura es de casi...; he must be close to 50 debe tener cerca de or casi 50 años; that's the closest to an apology you'll get eso es lo más parecido a una disculpa que vas a recibir; he was close to tears — estaba a punto de llorar
4) (in phrases)close on: there were close on 10,000 present había cerca de or casi 10.000 asistentes; close together ( physically) juntos; our birthdays are close together nuestros cumpleaños caen por las mismas fechas or muy cerca; close up — de cerca
III
1) noun2) kləʊz (conclusion, end) fin mto come/draw to a close — llegar*/acercarse* a su fin
to bring something to a close — poner* or dar* fin a algo
at the close of day — (liter) al caer el día (liter)
3) kləʊs ( in residential area) (BrE) calle f ( sin salida)
IV
1. kləʊz1) \<\<window/book/valve\>\> cerrar*he closed his mouth/eyes — cerró la boca/los ojos
2) ( block) \<\<road\>\> cerrar*3) (terminate, wind up) \<\<branch/file/account\>\> cerrar*4) ( conclude) \<\<deal\>\> cerrar*; \<\<debate/meeting\>\> cerrar*, poner* fin a
2.
close vi1) \<\<door/window\>\> cerrar(se)*; \<\<gap/wound\>\> cerrarse*2) \<\<shop/library/museum\>\> cerrar*3)a) (finish, end) \<\<lecture/book\>\> terminar, concluir*b) closing pres p último4) ( get closer) acercarse*to close ON something/somebody — acercarse* a algo/algn
•Phrasal Verbs:- close in- close up
I [klǝʊs]1.ADV(compar closer) (superl closest) cerca•
close by — muy cerca•
come closer — acércate máswe came very close to losing the match — estuvimos a punto de perder el partido, faltó poco para que perdiéramos el partido
•
the runners finished very close — los corredores llegaron casi al mismo tiempo•
to fit close — ajustarse al cuerpo•
to follow close behind — seguir muy de cerca•
to hold sb close — abrazar fuertemente a algn•
to keep close to the wall — ir arrimado a la pared•
he must be close on 50 — debe andar cerca de los 50•
stay close to me — no te alejes or separes de mí•
close together — juntos, cerca uno del otro•
to look at sth close up — mirar algo de cerca2. ADJ1) (=near) [place] cercano, próximo; [contact] directo; [connection] estrecho, íntimo•
to come a close second to sb/sth — disputarle la primera posición a algn/algo•
he was the closest thing to a real worker among us — entre nosotros él tenía más visos de ser un obrero auténtico, de nosotros él era el que tenía más visos de ser un obrero2) (=intimate) [relative] cercano; [friend] íntimo3) (=almost equal) [result, election, fight] muy reñido; [scores] casi iguales•
to bear a close resemblance to — tener mucho parecido con4) (=exact, detailed) [examination, study] detallado; [investigation, questioning] minucioso; [surveillance, control] estricto; [translation] fiel, exacto•
to pay close attention to sb/sth — prestar mucha atención a algn/algo•
to keep a close watch on sb — mantener a algn bajo estricta vigilancia5) (=not spread out) [handwriting, print] compacto; [texture, weave] compacto, tupido; [formation] cerrado6) (=stuffy) [atmosphere, room] sofocante, cargado; [weather] pesado, bochornoso7) (=secretive) reservado; (=mean) tacaño8) (Ling) [vowel] cerrado3.N recinto m4.CPDclose company N — (Brit) (Econ) sociedad f exclusiva, compañía f propietaria
close corporation N (US) — = close company
close season N — (Hunting, Fishing) veda f ; (Ftbl) temporada f de descanso (de la liga de fútbol)
close work N — trabajo m minucioso
II [klǝʊz]1.N (=end) final m, conclusión f•
at the close — al final•
to bring sth to a close — terminar algo, concluir algo•
to draw to a close — tocar a su fin, estar terminando2. VI1) (=shut) [shop] cerrar; [door, window] cerrarse2) (=end) terminar, terminarse, concluir(Econ)3. VT1) (=shut) cerrar; [+ hole] taparplease close the door — cierra la puerta, por favor
to close one's eyes to sth — (=ignore) hacer la vista gorda a algo
•
to close the gap between two things — llenar el hueco entre dos cosas•
close your mouth when you're eating! — ¡no abras la boca comiendo!2) (=end) [+ discussion, meeting] cerrar, poner fin a; [+ ceremony] clausurar, dar término a; [+ bank account] liquidar; [+ account] (Comm) saldar; [+ bargain, deal] cerrar- close in- close on- close up* * *
I [kləʊs]adjective closer, closest1)a) ( near) próximo, cercanoat close range o quarters — de cerca
close TO something/somebody — próximo or cercano a algo/alguien, cerca de algo/alguien
b) < shave> al ras, apuradothat was a close shave o call — (colloq) se salvó (or me salvé etc) por un pelo or por los pelos (fam)
they are close friends — son muy amigos, son amigos íntimos
they've always been very close — siempre han sido or (Esp) estado muy unidos
sources close to the government — fuentes allegadas or cercanas al gobierno
3) ( in similarity)he bears a close resemblance to his brother — tiene un gran parecido a or con su hermano, se parece mucho a su hermano
4) < fit> ajustado, ceñido5) ( strictly guarded)it was kept a close secret — se mantuvo en el más absoluto or riguroso secreto
6) ( careful) < examination> detenido, detalladoto keep a close watch on something/somebody — vigilar algo/a alguien de cerca
7) <contest/finish> reñidohe finished a close second — llegó en segundo lugar, muy cerca del ganador
8) <weather/atmosphere> pesado, bochornoso
II [kləʊs]adverb closer, closest1) ( in position) cercato draw/get/come close — acercarse*
close TO something/somebody — cerca de algo/alguien
to hold somebody close — abrazar* a alguien
phew, that was close! — uf, nos salvamos por poco or por los pelos!
2) ( in intimacy)the tragedy brought them closer together o to each other — la tragedia los acercó or unió más
3) ( in approximation)it's not my favorite, but it comes pretty close — no es mi favorito pero casi
close TO something: the temperature is close to... la temperatura es de casi...; he must be close to 50 debe tener cerca de or casi 50 años; that's the closest to an apology you'll get eso es lo más parecido a una disculpa que vas a recibir; he was close to tears — estaba a punto de llorar
4) (in phrases)close on: there were close on 10,000 present había cerca de or casi 10.000 asistentes; close together ( physically) juntos; our birthdays are close together nuestros cumpleaños caen por las mismas fechas or muy cerca; close up — de cerca
III
1) noun2) [kləʊz] (conclusion, end) fin mto come/draw to a close — llegar*/acercarse* a su fin
to bring something to a close — poner* or dar* fin a algo
at the close of day — (liter) al caer el día (liter)
3) [kləʊs] ( in residential area) (BrE) calle f ( sin salida)
IV
1. [kləʊz]1) \<\<window/book/valve\>\> cerrar*he closed his mouth/eyes — cerró la boca/los ojos
2) ( block) \<\<road\>\> cerrar*3) (terminate, wind up) \<\<branch/file/account\>\> cerrar*4) ( conclude) \<\<deal\>\> cerrar*; \<\<debate/meeting\>\> cerrar*, poner* fin a
2.
close vi1) \<\<door/window\>\> cerrar(se)*; \<\<gap/wound\>\> cerrarse*2) \<\<shop/library/museum\>\> cerrar*3)a) (finish, end) \<\<lecture/book\>\> terminar, concluir*b) closing pres p último4) ( get closer) acercarse*to close ON something/somebody — acercarse* a algo/algn
•Phrasal Verbs:- close in- close up -
116 Á
* * *a negative suffix to verbs, not;era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.* * *1.á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.WITH DAT.A. Loc.I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.WITH ACC.A. Loc.I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.B. TEMP.I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.C. Metaph. and in various relations:I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.VI. connected with nouns,1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.2.f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr. -
117 spring terminal
пружинная клемма
клемма с пружинными зажимами
-
[Интент]
Рис. Phoenix Contact
Пружинные клеммы, закрепленные на монтажной рейкеПорядок присоединения проводника к пружинному зажиму
Рис. Phoenix Contact
1. Вставьте стандартную отвертку (1) в соответствующее отверстие клеммы.
В результате пружинный зажим (3) откроется для вставки жилы проводника (2).Рис. Phoenix Contact
2. Вставьте проводник
Рис. Phoenix Contact
3. Извлеките отвертку. Проводник будет надежно прижат к токоведущей части клеммы.
Параллельные тексты EN-RU
Spring-cage terminals blocks from Phoenix Contact have been developed for universal spring-loaded conductor contacting. The contact force is independent of the user and creates a vibration-proof, gas-tight connection with long-term stability. The connection point is opened with a standard screwdriver.
After the conductor has been inserted into the terminal compartment, the screwdriver is removed and the conductor automatically makes contact.
The front connection facilitates convenient operation. This means that the conductor and the screwdriver come parallel from the same direction.
All kinds of copper conductors of up to 35 mm² can be clamped without pretreatment. Splicing protection can also be used in the form of ferrules.
Phoenix Contact spring-cage terminal blocks offer a large insertion space, i.e. conductors with nominal cross section that have ferrules can also be wired.
[Phoenix Contact]
Пружинные клеммы Phoenix Contact являются универсальными соединительными устройствами с пружинными зажимами. Усилие прижима не зависит от действий потребителя и обеспечивает долговременное стабильное вибростойкое газонепроницаемое соединение. Для присоединения проводника применяется стандартная отвертка.
После вставки проводника в отверстие клеммы, отвертка извлекается и жила проводника надежно прижимается пружинным зажимом к токоведущей части клеммы.
Выполнение монтажа является удобным, поскольку проводники вставляют спереди. Кроме того, проводник и отвертка вставляются в соответствующие отверстия клеммы параллельно друг другу в одном и том же направлении.
Пружинные клеммы допускают присоединение неподготовленных медных проводников любого типа сечением до 35 мм2, а также проводников с жилами, опрессованными кабельным наконечником.
Достаточно большие отверстия для вставки проводников позволяют присоединять проводники номинального сечения с кабельным наконечником.
[Перевод Интент]
Тематики
Классификация
>>>Обобщающие термины
Синонимы
EN
DE
пружинный зажим
Зажим, обеспечивающий разборное соединение с жилой проводника за счет его зажима контактной пружиной.
[Интент]EN
spring clamp connection
solderless connection achieved by clamping a conductor with a spring clamp termination
[IEV number 581-27-27]FR
connexion à ressort
connexion sans soudure obtenue en fixant un conducteur avec une sortie à ressort
[IEV number 581-27-27]
Рис. Phoenix ContactПружинный зажим компании Phoenix Contact
Пружинные зажимы обеспечивают надежный подпружиненный контакт с проводником.
Гарантируется устойчивое к вибрациям газонепроницаемое и длительно стабильное соединение.
Для присоединения проводников необходима обычная отвертка. После вставки проводника в соответствующее гнездо клеммы и извлечения отвертки зажатие проводника осуществляется автоматически.
Возможно подсоединение без предварительной подготовки любых медных проводников сечением до 35 мм2. Для защиты жил от расплетания могут дополнительно применяться кабельные наконечники.
[Фрагмент из каталога Clipline компании Phoenix Contact]
Компания WAGO, являющаяся изобретателем пружинных зажимов, классифицирует их следующим образом:
зажим WAGO с листовой пружиной
плоско пружинный зажим WAGO
пружинный зажим CAGE CLAMP ®
пружинный зажим CAGE CLAMP ® Compact
пружинный зажим CAGE CLAMP ® Super Compact
пружинный зажим CAGE CLAMP-S ®
пружинный зажим POWER CLAMP
пружинный зажим FIT CLAMP
Тематики
- вывод, зажим электрический
- клемма электротехническая
Классификация
>>>Обобщающие термины
EN
DE
FR
Англо-русский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > spring terminal
-
118 conectar
v.1 to connect something.el puente conecta la isla con el continente the bridge connects o links the island to the mainlandEl adaptador conecta los dos cables The adapter connects both cables.2 to connect (vuelo).3 to switch on, to turn on.Ricardo conectó el abanico Richard switched on the fan.4 to wire up.5 to get drugs, to make a score, to score.* * *1 (gen) to connect (up)2 (aparato eléctrico) to switch on, plug in2 familiar (llevarse bien) to hit it off, get on well* * *verb1) to connect2) link* * *1. VT1) [+ cables, tubos] to connect (up)todavía no hemos conectado la luz en el piso nuevo — we still haven't had the electricity connected in the new flat
masa II, 6)conectar un aparato eléctrico a tierra — to earth o (EEUU) ground an electrical appliance
2) (=enlazar)esta autovía conectará Granada con Almería — this dual carriageway will link Granada and o to Almería
3) (=relacionar)no logro conectar una cosa con la otra — I can't see how one thing connects with another, I can't see how everything ties in together
conectó todos los datos y resolvió el problema — he put all the facts together and solved the problem
2. VI1) * (=congeniar)un autor que ha sabido conectar con el público — an author who knows how to get through to o reach the public
2) (=enlazar)esta carretera conectará con la autopista — this road will link up to o provide a link to the motorway
3) (TV, Radio)conectamos con nuestro corresponsal en Londres — and now it's over to our correspondent in London, and now we're going over to our correspondent in London
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cables/aparatos> to connect (up); <luz/gas/teléfono> to connectconectar algo a la red — to connect something to the mains supply o plug something in
2) ( relacionar) <hechos/sucesos> to connect, link3) (AmL) ( poner en contacto)2.conectar a alguien con alguien — to put somebody in touch o in contact with somebody
conectar vi1)a) (Rad, TV)conectar con alguien/algo — to go over to somebody/something
b) ( empalmar) to connect, link upc) (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on welld) (AmL) (con vuelo, tren)este vuelo/tren conecta con el de Dublín — this flight/train connects with the Dublin one
2) (Méx arg) ( conseguir droga) to score (sl)* * *= connect, link, turn on, wire, hook, provide + an interface, network, hook up, hit it off.Ex. Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.Ex. These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.Ex. To use DOBIS/LIBIS, turn the terminal on and wait for it to warm up.Ex. A modem is permanently wired, and converts digital messages which the terminal and computer understand into analogue messages capable of being transmitted down telephone lines.Ex. I don't think that is a very liberating experience, especially a terminal that's hooked to a large computer that almost no one understands, no one but a very few people.Ex. This service called A.S.K. (Access to Sources of Knowledge) will provide an interface between users and suppliers.Ex. This paper briefly presents hints to libraries wishing to network their CD-ROM databases.Ex. People are going to want to hook up different pieces of software and expect them to work.Ex. As the two began to connect well and hit it off, the contact between the two increased to a rate of at least once a week.----* conectar en red = network.* conectarse = log on, log, login.* conectarse con = interface to/with.* conectarse mediante llamada telefónica = dial up.* volver a conectar = reconnect [re-connect].* * *1.verbo transitivo1) <cables/aparatos> to connect (up); <luz/gas/teléfono> to connectconectar algo a la red — to connect something to the mains supply o plug something in
2) ( relacionar) <hechos/sucesos> to connect, link3) (AmL) ( poner en contacto)2.conectar a alguien con alguien — to put somebody in touch o in contact with somebody
conectar vi1)a) (Rad, TV)conectar con alguien/algo — to go over to somebody/something
b) ( empalmar) to connect, link upc) (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on welld) (AmL) (con vuelo, tren)este vuelo/tren conecta con el de Dublín — this flight/train connects with the Dublin one
2) (Méx arg) ( conseguir droga) to score (sl)* * *= connect, link, turn on, wire, hook, provide + an interface, network, hook up, hit it off.Ex: Plainly, it is not always the case that there is a connection between farming and spelling, and many other documents can be identified where these subjects are not connected.
Ex: These references operate in a similar fashion whether they are used to link authors' names or subject headings.Ex: To use DOBIS/LIBIS, turn the terminal on and wait for it to warm up.Ex: A modem is permanently wired, and converts digital messages which the terminal and computer understand into analogue messages capable of being transmitted down telephone lines.Ex: I don't think that is a very liberating experience, especially a terminal that's hooked to a large computer that almost no one understands, no one but a very few people.Ex: This service called A.S.K. (Access to Sources of Knowledge) will provide an interface between users and suppliers.Ex: This paper briefly presents hints to libraries wishing to network their CD-ROM databases.Ex: People are going to want to hook up different pieces of software and expect them to work.Ex: As the two began to connect well and hit it off, the contact between the two increased to a rate of at least once a week.* conectar en red = network.* conectarse = log on, log, login.* conectarse con = interface to/with.* conectarse mediante llamada telefónica = dial up.* volver a conectar = reconnect [re-connect].* * *conectar [A1 ]vtA ‹cables/aparatos› to connect, connect up; ‹luz/gas/teléfono› to connectantes de conectarlo a la red compruebe el voltaje before connecting to the mains supply o plugging it in, check the voltageB (relacionar) ‹hechos/sucesos› to connect, linkno conectó una cosa con la otra she didn't make a connection between o connect the two thingsel secuestro puede estar conectado con el caso Malla the kidnapping may be linked o connected to the Malla caseC ( AmL) (poner en contacto) conectar a algn CON algn; to put sb in touch o in contact WITH sb■ conectarviA1 ( Rad, TV):conectamos con el equipo móvil we're going over to our outside broadcast unitconectemos con Juan Mendoza en París let's go over to o let's join Juan Mendoza in Paris2 (empalmar) to connect, link up3 (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on wellun cantante/político que conecta bien con la juventud a singer/politician who relates well to o really engages with o reaches young people4( AmL) (con un vuelo, tren): en Río conectamos con el vuelo a Asunción in Rio we took a connecting flight to Asunción o we transferred to the Asunción flighteste vuelo/tren conecta con el de Dublín this flight/train connects with the Dublin one* * *
conectar ( conjugate conectar) verbo transitivo
‹luz/gas/teléfono› to connect
verbo intransitivoa) (Rad, TV) conectar con algn/algo to go over to sb/sth
c) (llevarse bien, entenderse) to get along o on welld) (AmL) conectar con algo [vuelo/tren] to connect with sth;
conectar
I verbo transitivo
1 to connect (up): he conectado el vídeo a la televisión, I've connected the video to the television
2 (a la red eléctrica) to plug in, switch on
3 (dos puntos distantes) to unit, link up
II verbo intransitivo
1 (establecer comunicación) to communicate: conecté con ella a través de Internet, I contacted her by Internet
2 fam (simpatizar) no conecto con mi padre, I don't get on with my father
' conectar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
instalar
- poner
- relacionar
- vincular
English:
adapter
- adaptor
- connect
- connect up
- earth
- ground
- hook up
- lay on
- wire
- link
* * *♦ vt1. [aparato, mecanismo] [con cables] to connect (a o con (up) to);conecta la lavadora a la red eléctrica connect the washing machine to the electricity supply2. [encender] [radio, calefacción] to turn on, to switch on3. [unir, comunicar] to connect, to link;el puente conecta la isla con el continente the bridge connects o links the island to the mainland4. [asociar] to link, to connect;la policía ha conectado el robo con las mafias locales the police have linked o connected the robbery to the local mafia♦ viconectamos con nuestro enviado especial en la zona and now over to our special correspondent in the area[entenderse] to relate to sb;una escritora que conecta con los más jóvenes a writer who knows how to relate to younger readers;al partido le ha fallado conectar con los sectores más desfavorecidos the party has failed to reach o get through to the most disadvantaged groups3. [vuelo] to connect;necesito conectar con el vuelo de las 9 I have to be there for a connecting flight at 9 o'clock* * *I v/t1 connect, link2 EL connect;conectar a tierra ground, Br earthII v/i connect* * *conectar vt: to connectconectar viconectar con : to link up with, to communicate with* * *conectar vb1. (en general) to connect2. (encender) to turn on / to switch on¿has conectado el vídeo? have you turned the video on? -
119 conexión dedicada
(n.) = dedicated link, dedicated connectionEx. The OCLC Europe network is connected to the OCLC computer system in the US by a dedicated link via an undersea cable.Ex. We are separating set-up and running costs and the various levels of Internet access that are available (dial-up, dedicated connection) so that public library managers will be able to make sensible choices.* * *(n.) = dedicated link, dedicated connectionEx: The OCLC Europe network is connected to the OCLC computer system in the US by a dedicated link via an undersea cable.
Ex: We are separating set-up and running costs and the various levels of Internet access that are available (dial-up, dedicated connection) so that public library managers will be able to make sensible choices. -
120 conexión mediante llamada telefónica
(n.) = dial-up connectionEx. We are separating set-up and running costs and the various levels of Internet access that are available ( dial-up, dedicated connection) so that public library managers will be able to make sensible choices.* * *(n.) = dial-up connectionEx: We are separating set-up and running costs and the various levels of Internet access that are available ( dial-up, dedicated connection) so that public library managers will be able to make sensible choices.
Spanish-English dictionary > conexión mediante llamada telefónica
См. также в других словарях:
in that connection — ► in this (or that) connection with reference to this (or that). Main Entry: ↑connection … English terms dictionary
in that connection — in this/that connection idiom (formal) for reasons connected with sth recently mentioned Main entry: ↑connectionidiom … Useful english dictionary
in this (or that) connection — with reference to this (or that). → connection … English new terms dictionary
connection — [kə nek′shən] n. [ME conneccioun < L connexio < connexus, pp. of connectere: see CONNECT] 1. a joining or being joined; coupling; union 2. a part or thing that joins; means of joining 3. a relationship; association; specif., a) the relation … English World dictionary
connection — is similar to the concept of support, except that connection refers to a relationship between members in a structural model. A connection restrains degrees of freedom of one member with respect to another. For each restrained degree of freedom,… … Mechanics glossary
connection — (Brit. also connexion) ► NOUN 1) a link or relationship. 2) the action of connecting. 3) (connections) influential people with whom one has contact or to whom one is related. 4) an opportunity for catching a connecting train, bus, etc. ● … English terms dictionary
connection — [[t]kəne̱kʃ(ə)n[/t]] ♦♦♦ connections (in BRIT, also use connexion) 1) N VAR: usu N prep A connection is a relationship between two things, people, or groups. There was no evidence of a connection between BSE and the brain diseases recently… … English dictionary
connection — n. (also Brit. connexion) 1 a the act of connecting; the state of being connected. b an instance of this. 2 the point at which two things are connected (broke at the connection). 3 a a thing or person that connects; a link (a radio formed the… … Useful english dictionary
connection — (Brit. also connexion) noun 1》 a link or relationship between people or things. 2》 an opportunity for catching a connecting train, bus, etc. 3》 (connections) people with whom one has contact. 4》 informal, chiefly N. Amer. a supplier of narcotics … English new terms dictionary
connection — con‧nec‧tion [kəˈnekʆn] also connexion noun 1. [countable] TELECOMMUNICATIONS something that joins you to a system, for example the telephone network or the Internet: • Do you have a broadband connection? … Financial and business terms
Connection — Con*nec tion, n. [Cf. {Connexion}.] 1. The act of connecting, or the state of being connected; the act or process of bringing two things into contact; junction; union; as, the connection between church and state is inescapable; the connection of… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English